DXKeeper Enhancement Requests

 

Number Description Version implemented
1 online help 1.0.1
4 improve Import error messages 1.0.2
6 add field for Canadian provinces 1.0.4
10 tab between log fields 1.0.5
11 progress report (text file) 1.0.6
2 progress summary (on-screen) 1.0.6
12 ARRL DXCC submission report (text file) 1.0.6
5 improve Import performance 1.0.6
13 ability to configure printer (orientation, paper size, etc.) 1.0.6
14 save printer name between sessions 1.0.8
9 ability to print QSL labels 1.1.0
15 log report (text file) 1.1.0
16 optional confirmation of QSO deletion 1.1.0
3 identify QSOs whose confirmation is required by specified DXing objectives and queue those QSOs for QSL printing 1.1.1
18 SpotCollector support 1.1.3
19 QSO Capture window 1.1.4
20 ability to lookup DXCC prefixes and country codes without requiring the presence of DXView 1.1.5
21 improved importing of Logger Name fields containing miscellaneous information  1.1.7
22 ability to generate a detailed progress report 1.1.7
23 clearing QSO Capture window fields should leave focus in callsign textbox 1.1.8
24 add QSO Capture window Start button to designate QSO start time 1.1.9
17 disentangle serial numbers from RST reports when importing from MMTTY 1.1.9
25 optional ability of QSO Capture window Lookup button to filter log for previous QSOs with captured Callsign 1.2.0
26 expand UTC filter range settings to include start and end date 1.2.3
27 if an existing file is designated as the recipient of exported records, allow the user to choose whether the file's current contents should be cleared before exported records are added 1.2.4
28 accept callsign from DXView 1.2.5
30 Award Objectives controls SpotCollector "needed" coloring 1.2.7
32 clicking CTRL<enter> in any Capture Window item is equivalent to clicking the Capture Window's Log button 1.2.7
34 improved error instrumentation 1.2.8
35 SpotCollector support 1.2.8
37 use PageUp and PageDown keys for database navigation 1.3.1
40 Pathfinder interoperation 1.3.1
42 ability to stop "Add to QSL Queue" operations before the entire log has been searched  1.3.3
43 high-resolution printing of QSL cards 1.3.3
44 print preview for QSL cards 1.3.3
45 one-button verification of QSOs approved by the DXCC desk 1.3.4
46 ability to clear the text boxes on the Configuration window's QSL Cards tab 1.3.5
47 ability to navigate among Capture window fields with keyboard commands 1.3.6
48 striking Enter after specifying a callsign (in either the main or Capture windows) places that callsign in SpotCollector's Spot Callsign field (SpotCollector 1.1.2 or later) 1.3.6 
49 support for multiple QTHs when printing QSL cards 1.3.6
50 setting "QSL rcvd" to "R" results in generated card printing "please" 1.3.8
51 ARRL submission report includes 12m and 17m QSOs  1.3.9
52 optionally disable automatic setting of QSO start and end dates to facilitate manual entry of completed QSO data 1.4.1
53 enable filtering via SQL (structured query language) expressions 1.4.1
54 assume DXCC as the default award objective when generating needed QSL cards and labels 1.4.2
56 additional modes: SSTV, Hell, MT63, MFSK, Throb 1.4.7
57 ability to specify a default QSL msg 1.4.7
58 improved handling when TX# and RX# fields contain alphanumeric values 1.4.8
59 Call and DXCC filters accept * as a wildcard character 1.4.8
60 ability to delete all QSOs in the Log Page 1.5.0
61 Log Page sorting using QSL (structured query language) ORDER BY syntax 1.5.0
33 fill in QSO information from Callbook CD 1.5.1
62 DXCC entity name appears in QSO panel caption 1.5.1
63 Ability to create log file backups 1.5.1
66 when printing QSL cards or labels, print the band if the frequency is missing 1.5.5
67 expand width of Mode field from 4 to 6 for newly-created logs 1.5.6
68 option to substitute default operator callsign for missing operator callsigns in imported records 1.5.6
69 option to not print the operator callsign on QSL cards (so that cards may be pre-printed with this information) 1.5.7
70 double-clicking on a SpotCollector database entry clears the Capture window, sets the Capture window's callsign, frequency, and mode text boxes, and queries the RAC (if installed) for additional information 1.5.7
71 if the "Automatically Set Date and Time" box is not checked, double-clicking the End field sets the End field to the contents of the Begin field 1.5.8
72 the "Display seconds in date/time fields" checkbox determines whether seconds are displayed in Begin and End fields 1.5.8
77 support for DDE test and shutdown messages 1.5.8
29 export to eQSL.cc 1.6.1
78 automated upload to eQSL.cc 1.6.1
79 include ADIF ProgramID tag in exported file 1.6.2
73 option to export QSL information in ADIF format: callsign, date, time, frequency, mode, RST, QSL-via 1.6.3
80 display dates using the locale's standard format 1.6.3
82 enable the QSL_Sent field of a group of records to be set to 'R' (unless already set to 'Y') 1.6.3
83 if the main window is minimized when a "lookup previous QSOs" operation is initiated either from the Capture window or via DDE (e.g. by double-clicking on a SpotCollector entry), the lookup will be performed but the main window will remain minimized 1.6.3
84 provide the option to automatically check the Capture window's QSL Request box when a callsign is first entered 1.6.3
85 if an imported ADIF record is missing a BAND field, the BAND field is computed from the FREQ field (if present) 1.6.3
86 support for DDE "new callsign, frequency, and mode" message (from SpotCollector 1.4.4 and later) 1.6.5
87 option to log import errors to a file, without limit 1.6.5
88 double-clicking in the QSL date sent and QSL date received fields sets the to the current date 1.6.5
91 provide detailed error reporting when the printer cannot be configured 1.6.6
92 report needed QSLs that are missing by prefix and age 1.6.6
93 accept PSK31 mode during import (convert to PSK) 1.6.7
94 flag dates before 1930 as erroneous 1.6.8
95 add HSCW to the mode listboxes 1.6.8
96 allow selection of all defined paper sizes 1.6.8
89 Plot button on Log QSOs panel should not clear DXView's spot display  1.7.3
97 expand width of County field to 30 characters in newly-created logs 1.7.3
98 ability to filter log display by mode 1.7.3
99 ability to filter log display by band 1.7.3
100 generate progress reports for Maidenhead grid squares and fields 1.7.3
101 the Capture window should indicate whether a newly-entered callsign has been previous worked, and should provide a means of rapidly displaying previous QSOs 1.7.4
64 add an Address field 1.7.5
102 provide a means to display or hide log panes from the log window 1.7.5
90 ability to specify log page display font parameters 1.7.6
103 populate the address field from the Radio Amateur's Callbook (if present) 1.7.6
104 Progress summary and report computes ARRL Challenge totals 1.7.6
105 Remember adjustments to log layout grid widths between sessions 1.7.6
74 ability to specify whether individual log page display fields are left-aligned or right-aligned 1.8.0
55 documentation for SQL filtering: legal field values, common operators, typical examples, URL to SQL reference 1.8.1
106 Added modes PAC, Pkt, and Tor  1.8.1
107 Hell, MFSK, MT63, Pac, Pkt, PSK, THROB, and TOR QSOs count towards RTTY awards 1.8.1
108 Add a note field to the Capture window 1.8.1
65 print envelopes or address labels from Address field contents 1.8.2
109 Double-clicking a QSO's address field displays an Address Editor window 1.8.2
110 Identify entries in the QSL queue for which addresses are not specified 1.8.2
111 double-clicking on main window's via field invokes Address Editor 1.8.3
112 double-clicking on main window's QSL Via field invokes Address Editor 1.8.3
113 main window's Max button is functional 1.8.3
114 ability to specify backup folder 1.8.4
115 after generating a report, display it in the default text file viewer 1.8.4
116 generate a Worked All States progress report 1.8.4
117 generate a Worked All Continents progress report 1.8.4
118 generate a Worked All Zones progress report 1.8.5
119 support ARRL verification of 30m QSOs 1.8.5
120 running the Worked All Zones progress report fills in missing CQ zone fields in QSO records 1.8.5
121 running the Worked All Continents progress report fills in missing Continent fields in QSO records 1.8.5
122 ability to select main page fonts and font metrics 1.8.5
126 enable the QSL_Rcvd field of a group of records to be set to 'R' (unless already set to 'Y' or 'V') 1.8.6
128 allow specification of the first label present on the first page of labels 1.8.6
127 Capture window tracks data in WinWarbler's QSL Info panel (WinWarbler 2.4.2 or later) 1.8.7
129 permits RAC queries via DDE 1.8.7
130 add Address Editor buttons that query the RAC for the callsign and manager 1.8.9
131 restore or minimize main window on command from other DXLab applications 1.8.9
123 generate an IOTA progress report 1.9.0
124 obtain IOTA info from DXView for DXCC entities that are islands 1.9.0
132 supply GridSquare (when available) to DXView for more accurate positioning 1.9.0
133 allow other DXLab applications to reset the Capture window 1.9.1
134 Ctrl-RAC clears main window's name, QTH, and address fields before querying the callbook 1.9.3
135 Ctrl-Lookup clears the Capture window's name, QTH, and address fields before querying the callbook 1.9.3
137 notify DXView when a Recompute is in progress so that progress-plotting can be inhibited during this interval 1.9.4
138 <via> QSL substitution command allows a manager callsign to be printed on a QSL card 1.9.4
139 callbook searches that are unsuccessful because the callsign is not found in the callbook no longer pop up a message box displaying this information 1.9.5
141 automatically shift the Via field to upper case 1.9.5
147 Controls on Main and Capture windows are available via DDE 1.9.5
148 Inform the DXLab Launcher (version 1.0.6 or later) when the main window's windowstate (normal, miminized, or maximized) changes 1.9.8
149 provide support for the HamCall Callbook 1.9.8
150 provide support for the QRZ Callbook 1.9.8
151 update DXView with Log Filter expression whenever it changes 1.9.8
153 Capture window's QSL Requested checkbox should follow changes in WinWarbler's QSL Requested checkbox (WinWarbler 2.5.3 or later) 2.0.0
155 when directed by another DXLab application to minimize all windows, remember whether the Capture window was visible and if so, restore it when later directed to restore the Main window 2.0.0
156 the Capture window's Clear button will also clear the Log Filter 2.0.0
160 capitalize characters entered into the address editor's Callsign and Manager boxes 2.0.1
165 ensure that the Advanced Sorts and Filters window opens on-screen, rather than minimized 2.0.1
166 if a Capture field's data exceeds the specified maximum length, depict its label font in red and refuse to log the QSO 2.0.1
167 if a Default value in the Config window's General panel exceeds the specified maximum length, depict its label font in red 2.0.1
168 <iota> substitution command produces only the IOTA reference (the word IOTA is no longer generated) 2.0.1
169 when directed to clear the Capture window by another application, clear the Log filter 2.0.1
170 enable other DXLab applications to filter the Log Display 2.0.2
171 the Capture window's QSL Via and Notes fields track equivalent fields in WinWarbler's QSO Info panel (WinWarbler 2.5.6 or later) 2.0.2
142 add a "street address" field to the myQTHs tab and provide a <streetaddress> substitution command that positions the street address on printed QSL cards 2.0.4
167 add a "postal code" field to the myQTHs tab and provide a <postalcode> substitution command that positions the postal code on printed QSL cards 2.0.4
168 process substitution commands in an envelope's return address specification 2.0.4
163 provided for a default myQTHID 2.0.5
164 when given ADIF data by another application, fill in the Power, Operator, myQTHID and QSL Msg fields with specified default values if they are missing 2.0.5
166 County award tracking 2.0.5
169 if a report is initiated with the Log Filtered, notify the user and provide the option of clearing the Log Filter befroe executing the report 2.0.5
136 automatically recalculate award progress for the affected DXCC entity when 
  • a QSO's QSL_Rcvd field is demoted from "V" or from "Y"
  • when its band is changed
  • when its mode is changed, or when its DXCC prefix is changed
2.0.6
189 improvements to County report: number each line, provide summary of counties worked and confirmed, strip State abbreviation from County name (if present) 2.0.6
190 label the check boxes in the upper right corner of the Main window's Log panel 2.0.7
176 when looking up a callsign via DXView, supply the DXCC Prefix so that DXView (1.6.8 or later) can use this to determine the DXCC entity rather than perform a callsign lookup 2.0.7
177 automatically recalculate award progress for the affected DXCC entity when 
  • a QSL's QSL_Rcvd field is set to "I" or to "X"
  • a QSL's QSL_Rcvd field is demoted from "R" to "" (meaning set back to "worked")
2.0.7
174 Increase the widths of the Mode, County, Notes, QSL_Msg, myQTHID, and Contest_ID fields 2.0.8
178 strip any trailing CR-LF from the end of Commander's DDE Mode link so that alternate implementations of Commander written in Borland Delphi can provide a mode to DXKeeper 2.0.8
179 improve performance of Log, QSL Aging, and ARRL Submission reports 2.0.8
180 add progress indicators to Log, QSL Aging, and ARRL Submission, Maidenhead Field, Maidenhead Grid, IOTA, WAC, WAS, QAZ, and County reports 2.0.8
181 Editor for Capture notes, Main notes, Main QSLMsg and Setup QSLMsg fields 2.0.8
182 when filtering or un-filtering the Log Page Display, the currently-selected QSO remains selected after the operation (if it is present in the Log Page Display) 2.0.9
183 double-clicking on an entry in the Log Page Display filters the Log Page Display for QSOs with that entries callsign 2.0.9
184 double-clicking on an entry in the Log Page Display filters the Log Page Display for QSOs with that entries DXCC entity 2.0.9
185 flag myQTH fields that are too long, and prevent records containing such fields from being saved 2.1.1
170 Ability to set a specified field of all QSOs in the Log Page Display to a specified value 2.1.2
187 After an operation that modifies multiple QSOs, restore the filter and selection the their value before the operation 2.1.3
152 ability to log a QSO and upload it to eQSL.cc with one gesture 2.1.5
188 Expand Broke filter  to report QSOs with empty Call, Band, Mode, DXCCID (country code), QSO_Begin, and/or Operator fields 2.1.5
173 Instead of requiring myQTHIDs to be identical for QSOs to be confirmed on the same QSL card or label, require that all of the City, County, State, Country, and PostalCode myQTH fields be identical, thus allowing QSOs from the same location to be confirmed on the same QSL card even though their myQTHIDs are different 2.1.5
192 Accept command from other applications to log a QSO and upload it to eQSL.cc 2.1.6
7 allow user-specified modes 2.1.8
194 Support modes specified by ADIF 2.X
  • Switch from "PSK" to "PSK31" as the primary mode representation for 31bps PSK
  • Switch form "MFSK" to "MFSK16" as the mode representations for 16-tone MFSK
  • Eliminate HSCW and EME as "built-in" modes
2.1.8
146 Allow specification of QSL label row height and QSL label width in either inches or millimeters 2.1.9
175 expand DXCC progress report to report DXCC entities worked but unconfirmed, indicating whether or not a QSL request has been sent 2.1.9
193 Optionally show card separation lines on printed QSL card pages 2.2.0
195 Allow specification of envelope label row height and envelope label width in either inches or millimeters 2.2.0
197 Add settings to the Config window's Envelopes tab 
  • top margin
  • left margin
  • printer orientation (portrait vs. landscape)
2.2.0
199 include 30m confirmed QSOs in DXCC Challenge total 2.2.2
200 expand card separation lines on QSL card pages 2.2.2
203 when deleting a QSO, changing a QSOs DXCC prefix, band, or mode, or demoting a QSO's QSL Received status, don't recompute progress for the affected DXCC entity if the change can't negatively impact overall progress 2.2.5
204 Automatic recomputation window displays a progress bar 2.2.5
209  provide ability to set or clear all QSL queue enable checkboxes 2.2.7
210 provide the ability to upload to eQSL.cc without updating the QSO's QSL Sent and QSL Sent Date fields 2.2.7
211 provide the option for all QSOs logged via the Capture window to be uploaded to eQSL.cc 2.2.7
215 If run-mode is enabled, placing the mouse cursor in the Capture window's RST sent or rcvd fields will select field's current contents  2.2.7
216 depressing the Shift key while striking the <enter> key in the Capture window's Call textbox clears the name, QTH, state, county, and grid fields before querying the callbook 2.3.0
217 provide the option to record the default myQTH ID with each imported QSO 2.3.1
218 provide a report that contains the contents of the DXCC summary grid 2.3.1
212 add SAT_MODE and SAT_NAME fields, and default settings 2.3.2
219 provide the option to force no more than one confirmed QSO per QSL card or label 2.3.2
221 optionally disable the "send this QSL card to the DXCC desk" reminder 2.3.3
222 allow multiple QSL Messages to be defined, permit one of these to be selected as the current default, and allow an alternative QSL Message to be selected from the Capture window 2.3.3
158 when looking up previous QSOs with a station, remove any / designators (e.g. KH0/ or /QRP) before performing the lookup so that all previous QSOs with the "base callsign" are shown 2.3.4
159 when looking up previous QSOs with a station, show QSOs with that station operating from other locations or with /QRP. /MM, /P or similar designators.  2.3.4
223 automatically clear the Log Page filter on starting an Import operation 2.3.4
208 Permit automatic progress recomputation to be disabled 2.3.5
224 enable the Main window's QSL msg field control to choose a predefined QSL msg  2.3.5
225 enable the Capture window's QSL msg field accept arbitrary QSL messages  2.3.5

157

track progress for each band by mode 

  • providing a Progress Details display on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab that shows the 11-band by 4-mode progress matrix for the currently-selected Progress Table entry

  • provide DXView with the information it needs to display accurate 11-band by 4-mode progress matrices 

2.3.6 (and DXView 1.7.3 or later)

226

Provide navigation among the Log Page display, Progress table, and Progress Details display

2.3.6
227 if the Call filter is invoked on a Callsign containing no wildcards (e.g. *), show QSOs with that station operating from other locations or with /QRP. /MM, /P or similar designators.  2.3.7
228 if a log requires updating, offer to make a backup beforehand 2.3.7
229 color-code entries in the Progress Details grid 2.3.8
230 handle imported County fields that are missing state designators if the State field is present 2.3.8
231 replace tabs and multiple spaces within QTH or County fields with a single space 2.3.8
232 provide a WPX progress report 2.3.8
165 ability to generate a Spot from the Capture window 2.3.9
233 add mode totals to the WPX progress report 2.3.9
234 add Cabrillo export 2.3.9
235 when a QSO is selected in the Log Page display, update the Check Progress tab's Award Progress and Progress Details grid to show award status for the QSO's DXCC entity 2.4.1
236 when the Capture window Lookup operation is invoked, update the Check Progress tab's Award Progress and Progress Details grid to show award status for the callsign's DXCC entity 2.4.1
237 when directed by the DXLab Launcher, reset all windows to the primary monitor 2.4.1 (and DXLab Launcher 1.1.4 or later)
238 provide keyboard shortcuts for navigating among fields on the Main window's Log QSOs tab 2.4.5
239 provide additional automation for manual entry of completed QSOs via the Main window's Log QSOs tab 2.4.5
240 striking the up or down arrow keys in the Main window's QSO begin or QSO end fields adjusts the date and time by 1 minute, 10 minutes, 1 hour, or 1 day as a depending on whether the Ctrl, Alt, or Shift keys were depressed 2.4.5
245 apply first-letter capitalization to all-low-case words in the Name and QTH fields 2.4.6
247 provide an import option that when activated examines 2-character QTH fields and if appropriate copies them into STATE or PROVINCE fields (verify that DXCC entity is K or VE, and that abbreviation in QTH is a valid state or province) 2.4.6
197 Provide "Label ID" textboxes for wide and narrow QSL and Address labels 2.4.7
198 when performing a Callbook lookup, remove any / designators (e.g. KH0/ or /QRP) before performing the lookup 2.4.7
201 Notify the user when a callbook search fails 2.4.7
249 optionally flags callsigns not containing at least one number and at least one letter as invalid 2.5.0
250 optionally sets QSOs with invalid callsigns to Broken during the Recompute function 2.5.0
251 Add PSK63 to the Advanced window's Mode filter 2.5.0
252 When printing 2-column (wide) QSL or Address labels, print only 1 column per page if the column 2 offset is set to 0 2.5.0
253 When printing 3-column (narrow) QSL or Address labels, print only 1 column per page if the column 2 offset is set to 0, or 2 columns per page if the column 3 offset is set to 0 2.5.0
254 use ALT keys for Main window and Capture window navigation shortcuts, thereby allowing the use of clipboard cut, copy, and paste operations 2.5.0
255 make notification of Callbook lookup failures an option 2.5.0
256 add "Export ADIF for LOTW" option to the Main window's Export tab that maps modes to those accepted by LOTW 2.5.0
257 provide a "QSL via ADIF"  option on the Main window's QSL table that generates an ADIF file containing modes mapped to those accepted by LOTW 2.5.0
258 don't map PSK63 to PSK31 in "Export ADIF for LOTW", now that LOTW accepts PSK63; unmap PSK125 as well on the assumption that this will be accepted 2.5.1
259 remove leading and trailing blanks from exported ADIF frequencies 2.5.1
248 allow window positions on secondary monitors to be stored between sessions 2.5.2
249 increase performance of automatic progress recomputation when DXView and/or SpotCollector are running 2.5.2
154 fill in DXCC prefix, DXCC ID, name, QTH, QSL_via, address,state, province, grid, IOTA, CQ, ITU, and Cont fields from information in previous QSOs, giving this information priority over information obtained via Callbook or DXCC database lookup 2.5.4
263 provide IOTA and QSL_via to applications requesting a Callbook Search via DDE (e.g. WinWarbler) 2.5.4
202 provide the option to highlight QSOs in the Log Page Display whose callsign, band, and mode match those in the Capture window 2.5.7
265 only map ASCI to DATA  in "Export ADIF for LOTW", now that the rest of the ADIF 2 mode enumeration is supported by LOTW 2.5.7
266 provide a Contest tab on the Configuration window that
  • enables or disables Contest-mode and Run-mode
  • specifies the current contest name
  • specifies the next transmit serial number
  • mirrors changes in WinWarbler's contest mode, contest name, and contest transmit serial number (requires WinWarbler 2.6.7 or later)
2.5.7
267 When Contest-mode is enabled, filtering the Log Page Display to show previous QSOs only shows those QSOs in the current contest 2.5.7
268 configure Import results textbox to serve as an OLE source so that results can easily be copied 2.5.8
269 record DDE import errors in Errorlog.txt if "Log Debugging Info" box is checked 2.6.0
270 on receipt of a DDE Log or eQSLLog command, capture the record to be logged and complete the DDE transaction; perform the logging operation on a separate thread 2.6.1
271 on receipt of a  DDE "Clear Capture" command, reset the LastQSO information 2.6.2
272 when performing a Previous QSO search for external applications, make the number of previous QSOs available via DDE  2.6.5
273 60m support 
  • band pulldown
  • frequency-to-band conversions
  • 5332-5404 are acceptable frequencies in Capture window
  • Band Filter
2.6.5
274 entering a received signal report in the Capture window sets the QSO begin time 2.6.6
275 striking Alt-B in any Capture window field sets the QSO begin time 2.6.6
276 re-implement previous QSO and callbook lookup for external clients so that the client doesn't wait  2.6.6
277 provide the ability to filter the Award Progress panel by band/mode, status, and deleted/undeleted 2.6.7
279 enable SpotCollector (2.0.4 or later) to direct DXView to rotate the antenna to the computed short-path or long-path bearing 2.6.9
280 provide the ability to optionally disable "entering a received signal report in the Capture window sets the QSO begin time" 2.7.0
282 when searching for previous QSOs, only the Name and Address fields are updated from QSOs that don't exactly match search callsign (but do match the search callsign's base callsign) 2.7.1
283 if searching the callbook for a callsign fails and the callsign's base callsign is not identical to the callsign, perform a second callbook search on the base callsign; if this second search succeeds, update the Name and Address fields 2.7.1
284 improve contesting and Cabrillo support 2.7.2
179 If a Capture field caption is rendered in red when a Capture Log is attempted, begin blinking the red captions until the Capture fields are successfully saved or cleared 2.7.4
285 add Capture fields for transmit power, CQ zone, and ITU zone 2.7.4
140 display the QSL manager on 2-column QSL labels (the contents of the via field if its a single word containing both letters and digits but no symbols other than /) 2.7.5
286 if an error occurs, the title bar should continue to display the number of QSOs visible in the Log Page Display 2.7.5
287 CTRL-A in any Main window or Capture window field selects the contents of that field 2.7.5
289 VUCC progress and submission reports 2.7.5
290 add 1.25m to the Band pull-down control 2.7.6
292 ability to control fonts used in QSL cards 2.8.1
294 force characters keyed into the WPX field to upper case 2.8.2
304 option to force English month abbreviations in dates within generated reports 2.8.3
305 option to use ISO 8601 format for dates within generated reports 2.8.3
307 on import, convert USB and LSB to SSB 2.8.3
308 striking the Tab key in either the Main window's Call field or the Capture window's Call field is equivalent to striking the Enter key 2.8.3
309 QSOs with begin dates prior to 1930 are reported by the Broken filter 2.8.3
310 attempted to delete more than 5 QSOs in a single operation (CTRL-Delete) will disable automatic recomputation during the operation and notify the operator to execute a Recompute  2.8.3
311 QSOs whose callsigns contain the Ø character will be flagged as erroneous during save or import operations, and by the Broken filter 2.8.3
313 Main window Save button renamed Log for consistency 2.8.3
314 Capture window Start button renamed Begin for consistency 2.8.3
315 Uses English months in dates on QSL cards and labels, independent of PC locale 2.8.3
319 ability to import ADIF files exported by DXBase 2.8.4
241 print preview for QSL labels 2.8.6
293 ability to control fonts used in QSL labels 2.8.6
326 create a separate QSL Configuration window for QSL settings 2.8.6
317 exclamation point in first character of callsign denotes a non-contact (for logging CQs, unanswered calls, tests, etc); such entries are not counted towards award progress nor exported 2.8.7
327 add support for 2190M, 4M, 13CM, 9CM, 6CM, 1.25CM, 6MM, 2.5MM, 2MM, 1MM, and SUBMM bands 2.8.7
328 improved support for satellite QSOs
  • new fields: propagation mode, rx freq, rx band
  • new default setting: propagation mode
  • QSL via LOTW and QSL via ADIF include SAT_NAME, SAT_MODE, PROP_MODE, FREQ_RX, and BAND_RX tags
  • new QSL substitution commands: <propmode>, <satname>, <satmode>, <rxfreq>, and <rxband>
2.8.8
330 Broke filter detects QSOs with satellite name but propagation mode not set to SAT 2.8.9
336 Import file selector shows files with .txt extension as well as .adi 2.9.0
322 the DXCC filter should accept a full callsign and show all QSO's with that callsign's DXCC entity 2.9.1
334 add a DXCC entity selector containing the names of all 393 valid DXCC entities to the Aux window 2.9.1
338 when the mouse hovers over the Log Page Display's DXCC prefix or country code columns, pop up the DXCC entity name 2.9.1
342 when a duplicate QSO is detected during import, display its ADIF fields in the import error textbox and file 2.9.2
343 if in the Config window's Contest tab, Contest-mode is enabled but the ContestID setting is empty, then filtering the Log Page Display for previous QSOs independent of the contest in which they were worked 2.9.2
344 information contained in imported <REMARK> tags (exported by LogWindows) is appended to the notes field 2.9.2
345 imported Prop_Mode information that exceeds the field-width (8) is appended to the Comment  2.9.2
260 provide an operation that performs a callbook lookup on every QSO visible on the Log Page, providing an address if one is not already present 2.9.3
341 set maritime mobiles and aeronautical mobiles to an empty DXCC Prefix and country code 0; update award tracking and reports to include or exclude mobiles as appropriate, and adjust the Broken filter to ignore QSOs with a missing DXCC Prefix 2.9.3
347 handles SpotCollector 1.1.2 (or later) Log Filter directives: show previous QSOs with the DX station's base callsign, or show previous QSOs with the DX station's DXCC entity 2.9.4
348 RST_Sent and RST_Fields automatically upper-case any characters (Main window, Capture window) 2.9.4

339

once the Capture window's Begin button is clicked, don't allow QSO information in the Capture window to be overwritten by a double-click on a Spot Database entry without giving the user the choice of first logging the Capture window QSO information or discarding the overwrite:

  • Yes: log the QSO in the Capture window and then populate the Capture window with the new Callsign and its associated info

  • No: populate the Capture window with the new Callsign and its associated info (current behaviour)

  • Cancel: ignore the new Callsign and place focus in the Capture window's call textbox

2.9.5
81 means of separate tracking the sending and receiving of QSLs conveyed by QSL cards, eQSL.cc, and Logbook of the World (LotW) 2.9.7
206 Replace QSL database with a QSL table in each Log file 2.9.7
352 move the "DXCC Submission Reminder" and "Default myQTH ID" settings from the Config window's General tab to its Log tab, and store these settings in each log file rather than in the Windows registry 2.9.7
353 provide an RR button in the Main window's QSO panel that sets both QSL_Sent and QSL_Rcvd to 'R' 2.9.7
354 checking the Capture window's QSL Requested box will set both QSL_Sent and QSL_Rcvd to 'R' 2.9.7
356 Ctrl-double-clicking an entry in the QSL queue selects and displays the associated QSO in the Log Page Display 2.9.7
363 provide a DXCC report that shows confirmations by QSL cards, eQSL.cc, LotW, and the combination of QSL cards and LotW 2.9.7
357 when inspecting LotW QSLs, ignore data mismatches due to leading zeros in CQ or ITU fields 2.9.8
358 ability to terminate an in-progress inspections of eQSLs, LotW QSOs, or LotW QSLs 2.9.8
359 capitalize any gridsquare, IOTA tag, or state data obtained from LotW and used to update a logged QSO 2.9.9
360 With "Optimize for Realtime entry" unchecked, the Main window's New button should set the RST sent and rcvd fields to 59 or 599 if these fields of the current QSO are unspecified 2.9.9
361 With "Optimize for Realtime entry" unchecked, setting QSL_Rcvd to 'Y' will not automatically set QSL_DateRcvd to the current date 2.9.9
362 include LotW confirmation in the following reports: DXCC Summary, DXCC Progress, DXCC Submission, VUCC Progress, VUCC Submission, WAC, and WAS 2.9.9
364 provide the option to restrict the downloading of LotW QSOs and QSLs to those matching a specified operator callsign; store this setting in each log 2.9.9
365 provide the option to report downloaded LotW QSLs that don't match any  QSO in the current log as errors; store this setting in each log 2.9.9
366 provide the option to consider a downloaded LotW QSL to match a logged QSO if the callsign, date/time, band, and mode are match without requiring the operator callsign to also match; store this setting in each log 2.9.9
367 provide an LotW filter that displays all QSOs whose LotW field is set to U 3.0.0
368 provide an SQL filter button on the Main window's Filter panel that invokes the first SQL search on the Advance window's SQL Query Filters panel 3.0.0
369 make it clear that its the LotW web account password that is required 3.0.1
374 accept a DXCC prefix from SpotCollector and initialize the Capture window with it 3.0.1
375 add an Export ADIF for eQSL.cc option 3.0.1
376 if Clear QSL Queue is unable to match a QSL entry with a logged QSO, notify the user so an Recompute can be performed to restore the Progress Table to consistency 3.0.2
377 Accept optional DXCC prefix via DDE "new callsign" directive 3.0.2
378 optionally set eQSL Sent and/or LotW Sent to 'R' on import 3.0.2
379 ensure that County field is properly formatted on export and import, inserting the State abbreviation if necessary 3.0.2
380 option to determine whether an outgoing card or label should set its QSL? field to "thanks!" if the QSO is already confirmed in LotW 3.0.5
382 offer to reset the log filter if eQSL or LotW synchronization is invoked with the log filtered 3.0.7
383 option for operator to manually query LotW and place the query results in a specified file (useful when your PC has no Internet connection) 3.0.7
384 County report detects and reports QSOs in which the state in the county field doesn't match the state field 3.0.7
385 provide option to enable/disable the dialog that prompts the user when an action would overwrite unsaved data in the Capture window 3.0.9
394 ability to prevent Add Needed from requesting confirmation for all QSOs with a station for which confirmation of one QSO is needed 3.1.2
318 eliminate requirement for colon separating hours and minutes in begin/end fields 3.1.3
391 CTRL-W in Capture window should clear all fields and set focus in the Callsign field 3.1.3
393 make the Sync eQSL QSLs error file more readable: show call, qso_date, time_on, band, mode,as well as header info (e.g. mycall) 3.1.3
396 option to prevent the upload of QSOs to eQSL.cc whose operator callsigns don't match the eQSL.cc username 3.1.3
397 ability to specify a time range for duplicate detection on import 3.1.7
399 make the Sync LotW QSOs and Sync LotW QSLs error files more readable: show call, qso_date, time_on, band, mode,as well as header info (e.g. mycall) 3.1.7
400 provide the option for Sync LotW QSOs to report unmatched QSOs as errors 3.1.7
401 when importing a QSO whose DXCC entity is Alaska or Hawaii with no STATE specified, set the STATE to AK or HI respectively 3.1.7
402 add DXCC entity names to the ARRL DXCC submission report 3.1.9
300 Ability to save and restore Log Page Display configurations to and from files 3.2.2
405 clicking a Log Page Display column header should sort the Log Page Display by that column 3.2.2
406 after entering a new callsign in the Main window, filter the Log Page Display for previous QSOs if "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" is checked  3.2.2
407 on import, convert modes BPSK and BPSK63 to PSK31 and PSK63 respectively 3.2.4
408 clicking the Callsign box in the Address editor's Callbook Lookup panel will update the Address editor's QSL Manager textbox if the Callbook yields a QSL manager 3.2.5
409 reduce minimum label row height from .75 inches to ,5 inches 3.2.6
412 double-clicking a Main window item's caption selects that item:
  • the item immediately receives focus

  • the item's caption is rendered in bold font

  • navigation to another QSO will place focus in the selected item 

Adding a new QSO automatically selects the Call item

3.3.3
413 Ctrl-F within any item in a panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab will move the mouse cursor to the Filter textbox 3.3.3
414 Main window Alt-key shortcuts are effective from within the Filter textbox 3.3.3
415 Additional Filter textbox shortcuts:
  • Ctlr-B: filters the Log Page Display for broken QSOs

  • Ctlr-C: filters the Log Page Display for QSOs with the specified Callsign

  • Ctrl-D: filters the Log Page Display for QSOs with the specified Callsign's DXCC entity

  • Ctrl-1: executes the Advanced window's SQL Query #1

  • Ctrl-2: executes the Advanced window's SQL Query #2

  • Ctrl-3: executes the Advanced window's SQL Query #3

  • Ctrl-4: executes the Advanced window's SQL Query #4

3.3.3
416 Ctrl-X in the Main window's Filter textbox resets the Log page filter so that all QSOs are visible there 3.3.4

417

The mouse cursor is placed in the currently-selected item when

  • a panel is added or removed from the Main window's Log QSOs tab

  • the Main window's Log QSOs tab is clicked

  • the Main window is restored (from being minimized) with the Log QSOs tab visible

  • a Log, Undo, CBA, or Delete operation is completed

3.3.4
418 add a "QSL via tab-delimited file" option to the Main window's QSL tab 3.3.6
421 Duplicate checking on Import defaults to disabled 3.3.8
426 ability to export in tab-delimited format 3.3.8
427 when mouse cursor hovers above a DXCC prefix in the Award Progress table on the Main window's Check Progress tab, display a popup showing the DXCC entity name 3.3.9
428 add the following items to tab-delimited files generated via the main window's QSL or Export tabs: DXCC entity name, name, transmitter power, QTH, and contest identifier 3.3.9
429 add the following QSL substitution commands: <dxccentity>, <name>, <txpower>,<QTH>, <contestid> 3.3.9
430 include new version of QRZ32.dll released with volume 22 that can reference a QRZ database that has been installed on a hard drive (doesn't work; removed in 3.4.4) 3.3.9
431 if the Log Page Display configuration includes the country code, the Log report appends the full DXCC entity name to the country code of each QSO 3.3.9
395 print QSL labels at higher resolution 3.4.0
432 option to include eQSL.cc confirmations in DXCC award progress, and WAS/WAC reports 3.4.2
433 add ARRL Section item to Awards panel when DXCC country is US, HI, AK, KHn, or VE 3.4.2
434 hide State and Province items from Awards panel if DXCC country is not appropriately, US, HI, AK, or VE 3.4.2
435 when the user strikes the Newline key in the Main or Capture window's QTH field, the QTH field is inspected word by word for a Grid Square or for 
  • a US State abbreviation (if the QSO's DXCC entity is USA, Alaska, or Hawaii)

  • a Canadian Province abbreviation (if the QSO's DXCC entity is Canada)

  • an ARRL section abbreviation (if the QSO's DXCC entity is the USA, Alaska, Hawaii, US Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, US Pacific possessions, or Canada)

If unambiguous, a CQ zone and ITU zone will be derived from the State, Province, and Grid Square. Information found in or derived from the QTH field will be placed in the appropriate QSO fields, replacing any existing information in those fields.

3.4.3
436

If the Recover missing information from imported QTH box is checked, each imported QSO's QTH field is inspected word by word for a Grid Square or for 

  • a US State abbreviation (if the QSO's DXCC entity is USA, Alaska, or Hawaii)

  • a Canadian Province abbreviation (if the QSO's DXCC entity is Canada)

  • an ARRL section abbreviation (if the QSO's DXCC entity is the USA, Alaska, Hawaii, US Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, US Pacific possessions, or Canada)

If unambiguous, a CQ zone and ITU zone will be derived from the State, Province, and Grid Square. Information found in or derived from the QTH field will only be utilized if field specifications are absent from the imported QSO. 

3.4.3
438 the Main and Capture windows determine CQ and ITU zones from their respective State, Province, and Grid fields 3.4.3
439 when possible, determine State and/or ARRL Section from country code 3.4.4
440 increase the maximum number of definable bands, revert to a DefaultBands.txt file if no Bands.txt file is present, and initialize the Main and Capture window Band controls with the bands defined in the file 3.4.4
444 provide a log recovery operation  3.4.5
445 allow the specification of Export notes for placement in the generated ADIF header 3.4.5
448 Depressing the CTRL key while clicking the Capture window's Spot button provides a dialog box to capture spot notes 3.4.5 (requires SpotCollector 2.3.8 or later)
455 to improve performance, don't display the QSL Queue during an Add Needed, Add Requested, Update Log, and Clear QSL Queue operations 3.4.8
390 in the Main window, switch "beginning of Log Page Display" and "end of Log Page Display" to CTRL-Home and CTRL-End; use Home and End for "beginning of field" and "end of field"  3.4.9
459 uses concise "" cfms a 2X QSO with " and " cfms 2X QSOs with " confirmations on 2-column as well as 3-column labels to make more room available for the QSL manager 3.5.0
460 provides a "Include QSL Mgr in confirmation" setting that determines whether or not the contents of the QSO's Via item are included in the confirmation of 2-column labels if those contents are a valid callsign 3.5.0
450 option to preset signal reports to 59 or 599 as appropriate for the mode 3.5.2
461 accept .adf as a valid suffix when importing ADIF files 3.5.2
462 remember "check duplicates" state between sessions 3.5.2
464 provide a substitution string that represents <current data> so that the Modify QSOs panel can pre-pend or append information (as opposed to replace information) 3.5.2
466 make "Via" visible in the QSL Queue 3.5.3
468 QSL Queue column widths should persist between sessions 3.5.3
469 clicking in QSL Queue headers should sort the QSL Queue by that header (alternate ascending/descending) 3.5.3
471 in the QTH item, don't capitalize "nr" or "de la" 3.5.3
472 un-checking Run Mode with Contest Mode enabled displays a reminder that Run Mode will be checked when DXKeeper next restarts 3.5.3
474 ability to compensate for printer margins so that all 4 QSL cards on a page are formatted identically 3.5.4
477 ability to specify QSL card dimensions 3.5.4
478 in the QTH item, don't capitalize "in", "near", "on", "by", "upon", and "under" 3.5.4
481 n the QTH item, don't capitalize "aan", "bij", or "op" 3.5.6
482 when a new QSO is created with "optimized for realtime entry" unchecked, set the QSO start time to 1 second after the begin time of the last QSO logged 3.5.7
486 provide the ability to specify QSL card top and side borders 3.5.7
489 accept .adif as a valid suffix when importing ADIF files 3.5.8
494 the Address File report should be preceded with "Address changes should be made using the Address Editor, as modifications to this file will have no impact on logged QSOs or printed envelopes" 3.5.8
495 If the DXCC filter is invoked and the Filter Textbox contains the callsign of the currently-selected QSO, then use the DXCC prefix logged in the QSO 3.5.8
487 provide audible confirmation of a QSO being logged (e.g. 1 beep), and of a flashing caption (e.g. multiple beeps) 3.6.0
490 add a second bank of four SQL queries 3.6.0
491 add a substitution command <filtertextbox> that can be embedded in SQL queries and is replaced by the value in the Filter panel textbox 3.6.0
492 add a "Include QSL Mgr & Pse/Tnx QSL" setting in the 3-wide label panel of the QSL Config window's QSL Labels panel that when checked places the following information along the bottom margin of each 3-wide label:
  • the contents of the QSO's QSL Via item if it is a valid callsign

  • 'pse QSL' unless all QSOs on the label have been confirmed, in which case 'tnx QSL!' is printed

3.6.0
493 add an Include QSL Mgr in confirmation box to the QSL Configuration window's QSL Card tab that when checked appends the contents of the QSL Via item -- if a valid callsign -- to the QSL card's confirmation line 3.6.0
500 ALT-CBA should prompt the user to backup the log 3.6.2
502 provide the ability to execute scripts containing commands that filter the Log Page Display with SQL expressions and modify all QSOs in the Log Page Display 3.6.4
503 prevent modify commands in scripts from executing unless the most recent filter command succeeded 3.6.5
504 prevent modify commands in scripts from changing a date item to an invalid date 3.6.6
473 provide the option to print 1 QSL card per page 3.7.0
507 shade unprintable areas in the print preview window 3.7.0
509 the Recompute function on the Main window's Check Progress tab should flag as broken any QSO whose End time occurs before its Begin time 3.7.1
510 refuse to log a QSO whose End time occurs before its Begin time; flash the End time label in red 3.7.1
511 make the Capture window resizable 3.7.2
512 flash the erroneous captions of any Broken QSO 3.7.2
513 double-clicking the Operator item on the Main window's Log QSO tab sets the Operator item to the default operator callsign (Config window, General tab) 3.7.2
514 on the QSL Setup window's Labels tab, provide a Bottom Line panel to specify font metrics for the  "QSL Mgr & pse/tnx" line  3.7.3
519 interpret '' (back-to-back single apostrophes) as the new value in a scripts modify command as "clear the field" 3.7.4
520 if the "Initialize RST fields to 59/599" setting is enabled and an RST field in the Main or Capture window gains focus, pre-select the contents of the field 3.7.5
522 while downloading LotW QSLs, keep track of new confirmations and report them when the operation is complete 3.7.5
525 display "Last QSO Info" in the Capture window when the Window is vertically expanded to show it 3.7.5
526 extend the Advanced window's Modify and Script functions to interpret <item> in the "new item value" to mean "contents of the item in the current QSO"  3.7.5
499 extend the Advanced window's Modify and Script functions to provide an adjust date/time" capability that lets you add or subtract arbitrary time intervals from each selected (in the Log Page Display) QSO's Begin or End field 3.7.7
527 correctly capitalize miles, mi., meters, km, km.,  NE, NW, SE, SW, NNE, NNW, SSE, SSW, ENE, WNW, ESE, and WSW in Main and Capture window QTH fields 3.7.7
528 maintain the myQTH list and myQTH dropdown selectors in alphabetical order of myQTH ID 3.7.8
529 enlarge the Main window's myQTH tab 3.7.8
530 For an ARRL-verified QSO, ADIF export should place a 'Y' rather than 'V' in the ADIF QSL_Rcvd field, and place a 'Y' in the newly defined APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_VERIFIED field. For a QSO that has not been ARRL-verified, ADIF export should place an 'N' in the APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_VERIFIED field.

During ADIF import, an imported APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_VERIFIED field containing a 'Y' will set the imported QSL_RCVD to 'V', independent of the QSL_RCVD field. For backwards compatibility, a QSL_RCVD field of 'V' will continue to be accepted during import, even though DXKeeper will no longer export ADIF fields containing this value for QSL_RCVD.
3.7.8
483 when eQSL.cc rejects an uploaded QSO as a duplicate, report the upload as successful and update the status of the logged QSO to reflect its having been successfully uploaded 3.7.9
531 add the ability to specify a printer paper source 3.7.9
532 add the ability to specify that QSL cards be printed 1-up aligned on the printer's left-side paper guide 3.7.9
533 grid squares keyed into the Main or Capture window's Grid item should be properly capitalized 3.8.0
534 extract grid square information from the Main or Capture window's QTH items for DXCC entities that have no ARRL section 3.8.0
535 properly capitalize HI, AK, PR, and VI in Main and Capture window QTH items 3.8.0
536 clearing the Main window's Frequency item does not clear the Band item 3.8.0
536 changing the Main window's Band item clears the Frequency item 3.8.0
537 if the Mode is changed in the Main or Capture window and "Initialize RST items to 59/599" or "Run-mode" are checked, that window's RST_Sent and RST_Rcvd items are modified as follows:
  • If an RST_Sent or RST_Rcvd item is empty, it is set to 59/599 as appropriate for the mode.

  • If an RST_Sent or RST_Rcvd item contains one character, or more than 3 characters it is left unmodified.

  • If an RST_Sent or RST_Rcvd item contains 2 characters and the new mode requires a 3-character RST, then a "9" is appended to the 2-character RST

  • If an RST_Sent or RST_Rcvd item contains 3 characters and the new mode requires a 2-character RST, then the third character is removed

3.8.0
544 re-arrange the Main window's QSO panel so that the Mode item follows the Call item 3.8.3
545 when the Main or Capture window's Frequency item gains focus, select the contents of the item 3.8.4
546 when printing a QSL card 1-up left-aligned, place the card in the upper right quadrant (rather than the upper left) 3.8.6
547 when initializing a newly-created QSO in the Main window, use the previously-logged QSO's frequency and mode if the "Optimize for Realtime Entry" box is unchecked -- whether or not Commander is running 3.8.6
548 remember the printer quality setting between operating sessions 3.8.6
549 provide the option to compact the log database 3.8.6
551 logging a QSO via the Main or Capture window should flag the IOTA field if it is invalid, and place the fields contents into standard CC-NNN format 3.8.8
553 changing the Main window's QSL Sent item to 'Y' with the QSL Date Sent item empty and  "Optimize for real-time entry" enabled will set the QSL Date Sent to the current UTC date  3.9.0
554 if the DXCC filter fails to map the callsign in the Filter panel to a DXCC entity, then assume the Filter panel contains an Entity Prefix and filter the Log Page Display by that Entity Prefix 3.9.0
555 selecting an ARRL section in the Main window's Log QSOs tab will select a State or Province if it can be unambiguously determined from the section, country code, and gridsquare (if specified) 3.9.0
556 importing a QSO that contains a country code and ARRL section but is missing a state or province should fill in the state or province from the country code, section, and grid square (if provided) if this can be unambiguously determined 3.9.1
557

handle prefix special cases:

  • associate KC4XXX with Antarctica (US bases)

  • associate KA2XX through KA9XX with Japan (foreign operators)

3.9.2
558 remove leading and trailing spaces from exported items 3.9.3
559 export the myQTHID item in the ADIF tag APP_DXKEEPER_MY_QTHID 3.9.3
560 provide the option to export the following ADIF 2.0 tags for QSOs containing a myQTHID:

MY_CITY, MY_CNTY, MY_COUNTRY, MY_CQZONE, MY_GRIDSQUARE, MY_IOTA, MY_ITUZONE, MY_LAT, MY_LON,  MY_POSTAL_CODE, MY_STATE,MY_STREET

3.9.3
561 provide the option to import a myQTHID from the ADIF tag APP_DXKEEPER_MY_QTHID; if this myQTHID is not defined among the current log's myQTHs, create it, and populate it with information from any MY_ tags in the ADIF record 3.9.3
562 provide the option to suppress the grid lines separating the rows and columns of QSO information on QSL cards 3.9.3
563 apply the Main window's Log Panel font metrics  to the Capture window 3.9.5
564 display the contents of the Award Progress and Progress Details grids in bold font 3.9.5
565 accept a gridsquare from SpotCollector and DXView (when the user double-clicks on a spot) 3.9.6
567 eliminate the half-space between a QSL label's confirmation line and its grid heading 3.9.8
568 if a bold font is chosen for information in the Main window's Log QSO panels, then use a bold font to display information in the Check Progress tab's Award Progress and Progress Details grids 3.9.8
569 Save ADIF File (Main window, QSL tab) should include the QSL_RCVD field if its not empty 3.9.8
573 when logging a QSO via the DDE interface, inspect the QTH field for State and Province abbreviations and if appropriate copy them into STATE or PROVINCE items, also setting the ARRL SECTION, CQ, and ITU if they can be unambiguously determined from the STATE or PROVINCE. 3.9.9
574 change the Capture window's DXCC tooltip to display the name of the selected DXCC entity 4.0.0
575 ensure that the Default Operator callsign is upper case 4.0.0
577 enlarge the Capture window's IOTA item 4.0.1
578 when directed to perform a "new entry" operation by SpotCollector, make the results the previous QSO and Callbook lookup operations available to WinWarbler 4.0.1
516 DXCC submission report should only suggest cards needed to fulfill objectives defined on "DXCC/Top bands and modes" panel on the Config window's Awards panel 4.0.5
550 provide the option of filtering DXCC/VUCC progress reports by the Log Page Display filter 4.0.5
579 If the Advanced window's Modify QSOs function is used to modify QSL Rcvd or LotW QSL Rcvd items, notify the user that award progress may have been impacted and offer to invoke the Recompute function 4.0.5
281 compute and display the minimal DXCC submission 4.0.6
521

provide a DXCC submission window from which the user can

  • assemble a DXCC submission, represented by QSOs whose QSL_Rcvd or LotW_Rcvd items are set to 'S', and described by a DXCC Submission report (by entity) 

  • display all submitted QSOs in the Log Page Display

  • document all submitted QSOs in the Log Page Display with a ARRL-compliant Record Sheet

  • "promote" all submitted QSOs in the Log Page Display by setting each QSO's QSL_Rcvd or LotW_Rcvd item from 'S' to 'V'

  • reset all submitted QSOs in the Log Page Display by setting each QSO's QSL_Rcvd or LotW_Rcvd item from 'S' to 'Y'

4.0.6
581 if either a card or an LotW credit can be submitted to verify a QSO, submit the card (its cheaper) 4.0.6
582 display Entity progress in the Award Progress grid on Main window's Check Progress tab 4.0.6
583 expand the progress filtering capability on the Main window's Check Progress tab 4.0.6
584 CTRL-U in the Main window's Filter textbox invokes the UTC filter 4.0.6
586 When responding to a double-clicked spot database entry in DXKeeper, provide last QSO info for WinWarbler 4.0.8
588 When performing a "lookup" via DDE, determine the CQ and ITU zones from the state or province if they were not determined from previous QSOs 4.0.8
589 Setup Capture window fields to track new WinWarbler QSO Info fields (WinWarbler 3.4.7 and later) 4.0.8
590 Accept directive from WinWarbler (3.4.7 or later) to initialize the Capture window's myQTHID if its not already set 4.0.8
593 Provide separate Submission functions
  • Assemble submission
  • View submission
  • Create Planning Report (sorted by DXCC entity name)
  • Create QSL Card Record sheet
  • Create LotW Record Sheet (sorted by by DXCC entity name, band, mode)
  • Verify Submission
  • Reset Submission
4.0.9
594 If both QSL cards and LotW Credits are to be included in submissions, provide the ability to specify a preference when an entity, entity-mode, or band-mode can be verified with a confirmed QSL card or an LotW credit 4.0.9
595 provide an Award Progress Filter panel with separate band and mode selectors 4.0.9
596 provide the ability to generate a DXCC Progress report based on the Award Progress Filter panel settings 4.0.9
597 Provide an End button in the Capture window to record the QSO end time, mark the QSO as ended; and display the Begin button 4.1.0
598 When downloading LotW QSLs, report any that confirm previously unconfirmed entity-modes or entity-bands 4.1.0
599 When downloading LotW QSLs, reject CQ zones and/or ITU zones that are inconsistent with the DXCC entity 4.1.0
600
letting the mouse cursor hover over a State or Province item in the Main or Capture window will display an explanatory popup bearing the full name of the state or province
4.1.0
601 If the Modify QSOs function is used to change the DXCC Prefix of all QSOs in the Log Page Display, it will also change the Country Code of these QSOs to the matching value; Conversely, if the Modify QSOs function is used to change the Country Code of all QSOs in the Log Page Display, it will also change the DXCC Prefix of these QSOs to the matching value. 4.1.0
602 provide the ability to specify a expiration interval for outstanding QSO cards; the Card Aging report should offer to set QSL_Rcvd and LotW_Rcvd to 'X' for any QSO whose confirmation has not occurred within the specified interval 4.1.0
603 the "include eQSL.cc ..." box on the Config window's Awards tab applies to the VUCC Progress and Submission reports 4.1.0
604 provide an "include LotW..." box on the Config window's Awards tab that determines whether LotW confirmations are considered in the VUCC, WAS, and WAC reports 4.1.0
605 clicking the Submission panel's View Submission button filters the current Log Page Display to show only those QSOs with QSL_Rcvd = 'S' or LotW_Rcvd='Y'; CTRL-clicking this button shows all QSOs whose QSL_Rcvd = 'S' or LotW_Rcvd='Y' 4.1.0
606 extract QSL_Via from Callbook lookup results 4.1.0
607 don't  automatically setting an RST sent/rcvd field to 59/599 if a report has already been specified 4.1.0
608 the DXCC submission should identify the minimum set of Cards or LotW Credits required 4.1.1
609 enhancements to Fix Scripts
  • Added DA (Germany)
  • Added KZ5 (Canal Zone)
  • Added ST0 (Southern Sudan)
  • Added ZS9 (Walvis Bay)
  • Added ZS0 (Penguin Island)
4.1.1
610 if invoked with the Log Page Display filtered, the VUCC progress and submission reports should inform the user and provide the option to reset the filter before proceeding 4.1.2
611 DXCC submission planning report should indicate the # of cards and the # of LotW Credits being submitted 4.1.2
612 improve submission optimization: identify card and LotW ideal doubletons in a single pass, followed by non-ideal doubletons in preference order, followed by singletons in preference order 4.1.2
613 include the propagation mode item in QSO information uploaded to eQSL.cc 4.1.3
614 improve Pathfinder interoperation when working from the Capture window 4.1.3
615 capitalize counties entered into the Main or Capture window 4.1.3
617 accept a DDE command to import a specified file 4.1.4
618 when a HamCall CDROM entry is missing a first name, return the last name (which in these cases may  contain both first name and last name) 4.1.5
622 add DDE commands to invoke AddRequested, set the CommandInProgress flag, and reset the CommandInProgress flag 4.1.9
623 add DDE commands to open the last log file, and close the log file 4.2.0
381 if a logged QSO has an associated QSL Queue entry and the logged QSO is modified, propagate the modifications to the QSL Queue entry 4.2.2
592 while Contest Mode is disabled, don't log the TX#, RX#, or Contest Name items (facilitate non-contest QSOs in the middle of a contest)  4.2.2
619 if the Log Page Display is empty when the user invokes Add Needed, Add Requested, or Clear QSL Queue, display a dialog box informing the user 4.2.2
624 when selecting the Main window's QSL or Export tabs with the Log Page Display filtered, include the Log Page Display filter in the dialog box informing the user 4.2.2
626 during HamCall CDROM lookups, retrieve QSL Manager callsign  4.2.2
627 Advanced sorts can be directly modified 4.2.2
628 Log Page Display sorts are retained between operating sessions, and automatically applied when opening a new log 4.2.2
629 Replace "F" in the Progress and Detailed Progress grids with "C" 4.2.2
632 If a Main or Capture window item has a default value, Ctrl-double-clicking the caption of that item will display the Configuration window and place the mouse cursor in the default value, 4.2.3
633 Ctrl-double-click Main window's eQSL.cc and LotW panel captions activates associated tabs of QSL Config window 4.2.3
634 export eQSL and LotW sent and received dates in ISO YYYY-MM-DD format 4.2.4
635 accept YYYYMMDD format in eQSL and LoTW send and received dates 4.2.4
636 when logging in the Main window with "optimize for realtime entry" unchecked, initializing the start time for QSO N+1 to the later of [the start time of QSO N incremented by 1 second] and [the end time of QSO N incremented by 1 second]  4.2.5
637 provide an option for Add Needed to request confirmations for all unconfirmed QSOs whose QSL manager will receive a request to confirm a needed QSO 4.2.5
638 if a Log Page Display column is directly expanded, contracted or moved, and if the Config window's Log tab specified a valid Log Page Display configuration file, then DXKeeper will prompt the user to update that configuration file 4.2.5
639 expand Advanced window's UTC filter to allow Center date and Lower Bound to be specified; initiating UTC filter from Main window's Log QSO tab with a valid date in the Filter panel sets the Center date or Lower Bound to the Filter panel date before initiating the filter. A blank Upper Bound is interpreted as "now". 4.2.6
640 provide an "optimize for roundable QSOs" option that determine whether, ith "optimize for realtime entry" unchecked, the start time for QSO N+1 is initialized to [the start time of QSO N incremented by 1 second], or to the later of [the start time of QSO N incremented by 1 second] and [the end time of QSO N incremented by 1 second]  4.2.7
641 provide duplicate QSO count via DDE 4.2.7
642 include the QSL manager in the QSL address report 4.2.7
643 add 4M to the Band Filter 4.2.9
646 when the Address Editor's Callsign or Manager buttons are clicked, query the user before replacing existing address or QSL Manager information with information from the callbook 4.3.2
647 make QSL Via accessible to external applications via DDE topic DXKeeper|DDEServer and DDE item QSLMode. When QSLMode contains the empty string, no QSL Mode has been selected; otherwise, the following values are used:
  • 0 - cards
  • 1 - 3-column labels
  • 2 - 2-column labels
  • 3 - eQSL.cc
  • 4 - LotW
  • 5 - ADIF file
  • 6 - tab-delimited file
4.3.4
648 when importing
  • if recovering information from the QTH field, set the CQ and ITU zones where possible
  • if a US State or Canadian Province is specified, set the ARRL section, CQ zone, and ITU zone if possible
  • if an ARRL section is specified, set the US State or Canadian Province, CQ zone, and ITU zone if possible
  • for DXCC entities that are US possessions, set the ARRL section, CQ zone, and ITU sone if possible
4.3.6
649 when specifying a State, Province or ARRL section, or when importing a QSO that specifies a State, Province, or ARRL section, set the QSO's continent item 4.3.7
652 interpret "DC" as Maryland when encountered in the QTH field of a QSO being logged or imported 4.3.8
654 provide the option to specify the ADIF tag from which State, Province, and ARRL Section is recovered during import operations 4.3.8
655 provide the option to replace the Operator Callsign and/or Contest ID during import operations 4.3.8
442 sort QSL cards and labels by DXCC entity rather than callsign (if the Via item contains a manager, sort by the manager's DXCC entity) 4.4.0
495 add a field to the QSL Queue that records the logged QSO's original QSL Rcvd item so that it can be correctly restored by a Clear QSL Queue operation in all possible scenarios 4.4.0
585 include the fields SRX and STX in the PrintQueue table, provide substitution commands <srx> and <stx> so they can be reported on QSL-cards, and include them in tab-delimited files generated from the Main window's QSL and Export tabs 4.4.0
661 include the fields QSL_SENT and QSL_RCVD in tab-delimited files generated from the Main window's QSL and Export tabs 4.4.0
663 provide an Add All function on the Main window's QSL tab that generates QSL Queue entries for all QSOs in the Log Page Display 4.4.1
664 accelerate the operation that propagates a change to a QSL Queue entry's address and/or manager to other QSL Queue entries with the same callsign and to associated logged QSOs. 4.4.2
191
  • Extend the myQTH tab to include Rig, Operator Name, and Email Address
  • Provide substitutions commands to permit the above information to be printed on QSL cards
  • Export the above information in tab-delimited files (via both QSL and Export operations)
4.4.4
665 Automatically upload QSOs to LotW
  • accept specification of TQSL.exe location
  • accept optional specification of TQSL station location
4.4.4
667 if a QSO containing an erroneous item is selected, enable the panel containing the item 4.4.4
669 on frequency capture and import, remove leading zeros in the hundred-mHz and ten-mHz positions, and trailing zeros in the hundred-Hz, ten-Hz, and one-Hz positions 4.4.4
670 improved error messages when www.arrl.org/lotw is down 4.4.4
671 when printing QSL cards or labels, ensure adjacency for those destined for the same QSL manager 4.4.4
672 ignore imported STATE and COUNTY fields unless the imported DXCC entity is one that has states or counties, and ignore an imported PROVINCE field unless the imported DXCC entity is Canada. 4.4.4
677 allow imported STATE and COUNTY fields for non-Canadian DXCC entities (reversal of 4.4.4 given proximity of ADIF 2.0 support) 4.4.5
679 sort addressed envelopes or envelope labels and address report entries in same order as QSL cards/labels 4.4.5
680 replace TQSL station location textbox with a selector populated from TQSL's station location definitions 4.4.5
681 if "Upload to LotW" succeeds, automatically update logged QSO associated with each uploaded QSL Queue entry and remove that entry from the QSL Queue 4.4.5
682 if "Upload to eQSL.cc" succeeds, automatically update logged QSO associated with each uploaded QSL Queue entry and remove that entry from the QSL Queue 4.4.5
684 provide a Download eQSLs function that invokes the selected browser and navigates to the eQSL.cc page from which the InBox can be downloaded 4.4.7
685 configures TQSL to not prompt for a date range 4.4.8
686 Add ARRL Section and Continent selectors to the Capture window 4.4.8
687 In Main and Capture windows, Alt-1 navigates to the ARRL Section item (if visible) 4.4.8
688 Add WA, EFL, and WFL to the Main and Capture window ARRL Section selectors 4.4.8
691 "Download LotW QSLs" logs into eQSL.cc and navigates directly to the user's eQSL.cc Inbox 4.4.9
692 compensate for erroneous TQSL mode mappings when synching QSOs and QSLs
  • CLOVER => CLO
  • PACTOR => PAC
  • PACKET => PKT
  • THROB => THRB
  • AMTOR => TOR
4.5.1
695 provide option to print Band instead of Frequency on QSL cards 4.5.2
696 provide "Display Error Log" button on Config window's General tab 4.5.2
698 add key to award progress codes on Main window's Check Progress tab, and enable Main window width adjustment when the Check Progress tab is selected 4.5.2
703 expand the function of "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" to locate the eQSL.cc inbox, download the inbox, and update the log to reflect confirmations 4.5.3
644 add an "guarantee unique start times" option to the import tab that when checked ensures that each imported QSO has a start time later than its predecessor; if this isn't the case, the imported QSO's start time is set to its predecessor's start time plus 5 seconds 4.5.4
704 If QSL Via is set to LotW and the "PC has no Internet connection" option enabled, replace the "Upload to LotW" button with a "Prep LotW update" button and an "Update Log" button 4.5.5
706 provide a contest mode option that, when enabled, causes DXKeeper to activate the Capture window (if visible or minimized) or the Main window's Log QSO tab and place focus in the RX# textbox when the user double-clicks on a Spot Database entry, DXView spot, or Commander Bandspread spot 4.5.6
707 if "provide audio feedback" and "contest mode" are both enabled, sound an audible alert when a duplicate QSO is entered into the Capture window 4.5.6
708 all Advanced window textboxes should interpret CTRL-A as select the textbox contents 4.5.6
709 if the Capture window is not visible when DXKeeper terminates, it should remain invisible when DXKeeper is next started 4.5.6
710 depressing the CTRL key while unchecking a box in the Log Panels tab on the Config window's Log tab (or while unchecking its counterpart in upper right corner of the Main window's Log QSOs tab) will hide the associated Log Panel and will increase the number of visible Log Page Display entries rather than vertically shrink the Main window. 4.5.6
712 selecting a satellite name in the Main window's Log QSOs tab sets the propagation mode to "sat" 4.5.7
713 if a script contains the command Retain Filter then do not restore the original filter after the script is executed 4.5.7
714 when executing a script, only prompt the user to create a log backup if the script contains one or more Modify commands 4.5.7
716 if a DX spot is activated via SpotCollector or DXView or Commander, and the Capture window is closed, and "Optimize for real-time QSO entry" is enabled, then create a new QSO and initialize from the Spot Database entry 4.5.7
717 depressing the CTRL key while checking a box in the Log Panels tab on the Config window's Log tab (or while unchecking its counterpart in upper right corner of the Main window's Log QSOs tab) will display the associated Log Panel and will decrease the number of visible Log Page Display entries rather than vertically expand the Main window. 4.5.7
719 provide HF and VHF buttons in the DXCC/Top and WAZ panels on the Config window's Awards tab; clicking these buttons checks all HF or VHF band boxes respectively 4.5.7
721 provide a "New QSO on DX Spot activation" option that if enabled, creates a QSO in the Main window when a DX Spot is activated (in SpotCollector, DXView or Commander) with the Capture window closed and Optimize for realtime QSO entry checked 4.5.8
722 in script files, accept the command LogReport with a single parameter that specifies the filename into which the the report should be generated.
  • replace any occurrence of < operator> in the report filename with the operator callsign (from the Default Settings panel on the Config window's General tab)

  • replace any occurrence of <date> in the report filename with the current UTC date in the format dd-mmm-yyyy (e.g., 25-JAN-1952)

  • replace any occurrence of <ISOdate> in the report filename with the current UTC date in the format yyyy-mm-dd (e.g., 1952-01-25)

4.5.8
723 in script files, accept the command Sort with a parameter specifying a sort expression 4.5.8
724 if one or more commands fail during execution of a script, notify the user and display the script log file 4.5.8
725 the Log Report should include the Log Page Display Filter and Sort in its header 4.5.8
726 clicking a ? button in the Capture window places the mouse cursor in its associated textbox or selector so that keyboard shortcuts can immediately be utilized 4.6.0
727 inserting a ! in front of the Capture window's Callsign textbox and clicking the Capture window's Log button will log the QSO with a country code of 0

inserting a ! in front of the Main window's Callsign textbox and clicking the Main window's Log button will log the QSO with a country code of 0

4.6.0
728 allow script files to utilize the extension .scp as well as .txt, and remember the user's most recent choice 4.6.1
729 script log files utilize the extension .log 4.6.1
730 detect and report the situation where an upload to LotW receives no response 4.6.1
731 use new LotW upload URL 4.6.1
720 when a Log Page Display column is resized, determine if a previously visible column was shrunk into invisibility, or if a previously invisible column was expanded into visibility; in either case, update the Log Page Display configuration table 4.6.2
732 use modified LotW Query syntax to work around LotW defect 4.6.2
733 restores LotW Query syntax now that LotW defect is corrected 4.6.3
734 if the Windows Script Host is not installed, inform the user, and then terminate 4.6.4
736 if "Substitute for missing operator callsigns" is checked and an imported QSO contains an OPERATOR tag containing only space characters, substitute the operator callsign 4.6.4
737 improve error reporting for "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" 4.6.4
740 provide a button on the Main window's Check Progress tab that displays the contents of DXKeeper's  Reports folder 4.6.5
742 provide an option for the user to manually download an eQSL Inbox to be used by the "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation 4.6.8
743 increase width of TX# and RX# fields from 8 to 16 4.6.8
746 attempting to log a QSO whose begin or end date is more than 60 minutes in the future will fail, with the offending item's caption flashing in red font 4.6.8
747 provide an "Import from Writelog" option that when enabled enables DXKeeper to correctly interpret Writelog DXCC prefixes in imported <PREF> tags to ensure that each imported QSO is assigned to the correct DXCC entity 4.6.8
748 provide an "Add Requested no dup band-modes" option that prevents the Add Requested function from generating a QSL Queue entry unless doing so would give the receiving station a new confirmed band or mode, or unless the QSL Via panel is set to LotW or eQSL.cc 4.6.8
744 provide a TX Exchange textbox on the Config window's Contest tab 4.6.9
745 if the Contest Style is set to State QSO Parties, Cabrillo log records will 
  • include the TX Exchange along with the transmit sequence number captured in the TX# item
  • include the received sequence number and received County abbreviation parsed from the captured RX# item
4.6.9
749 add <callsign> and <destination> substitution commands 4.6.9
750 eQSL.cc and LotW upload and synchronization status windows are "always on top" 4.6.9
751 provide a "Claimed Score" textbox on the Config window's Contest tab 4.7.0
752 present zeroes rather than blanks in cells in tables in HTML progress reports 4.7.1
753 provide the option of specifying HTML to be inserted before the DXCC Summary report table 4.7.1
754 improve performance of AddNeeded, AddRequested, and AddAll by eliminating unnecessary use of DXView 4.7.2
755 improved reporting of explanation when eQSL.cc rejects an uploaded QSO 4.7.2
756 tolerate and report a JRun Server Error from eQSL.cc during an upload 4.7.3
757 on Config window's Contest tab, make ARRL section a selector 4.7.3
758 on Config window's Contest tab, make Contest Name a selector, automatically select the Contest Name when its unambiguously specified by the Contest Style, but retain the ability to specify an arbitrary contest name (e.g. for State QSO parties) 4.7.3
759 make Log Recovery more bulletproof 4.7.4
711 Provide an option for Function keys in the Capture window to be conveyed to WinWarbler 4.7.5
760 add Cabrillo Category panel to Config window's Contest tab 4.7.5
761 ability to generate Cabrillo for Sweepstakes contests 4.7.5
762 move "Warn when Callsign Lookups fail" from the Config window's General tab to the Config window's Callbook tab 4.7.5
763 create a General tab in the QSL Config window and moving the following checkboxes from the Config window's General tab the the QSL Config window's General tab:
  • Preset 'QSL Requested'

  • Confirm multiple QSOs per QSL

  • Add Needed requests all with same call

  • Add Needed requests all with same mgr

  • Add Requested no dup band-modes

4.7.5
764 QSL Config window borders should not be resizable 4.7.6
765 if the specified Backup folder doesn't exist, create it 4.8.4
766 allow more QSOs to be printed on a QSL card if
  • the station callsign is not displayed and  no text is specified in the 2nd through 4th lines of the "upper left" and "upper right" text
  • no "lower left" or "lower right" text is specified
4.8.4
767 notify DXView when DXCC award objectives change 4.8.6
768 If the DXCC award objectives indicate that a mode is sought, but there are no confirmed QSOs with the currently-selected Progress Grid entry in that mode, then the background of that mode's cells in the Progress Details Grid will be white rather than the window's background color. Similarly, if the DXCC award objectives indicate that a band is sought, but there are no confirmed QSOs with the currently-selected Progress Grid entry on that band, then the background of that band's cells in the Progress Details Grid will be white rather than the window's background color. 4.8.6
769 When a callsign is entered in either the Main window's Log QSOs tab or the Capture window and Enter or Tab is struck, color the callsign based on need for the entity, entity-band, or entity-mode, as specified by the Config window's Awards tab:
  • red: unworked
  • blue: worked, but not confirmed
  • black: confirmed
4.8.6
770 When performing a lookup for WinWarbler, include an indication of degree of need for the entity, entity-band, and entity mode as specified by the Config window's Awards tab 4.8.6
771 right-clicking on a QSO in the Log Page Display produces a menu containing the following choices:
  • Add to QSL Queue (the current QSL mode is shown in parenthesis)
  • Print QSL card (only enabled if the QSL Queue is empty)
  • Print Envelope (only enabled if the QSL Queue is empty)
  • Upload to eQSL.cc (only enabled if the QSL Queue is empty)
  • Upload to LotW (only enabled if the QSL Queue is empty)
4.8.6
772 provide the option to display an Import Award Progress Report 4.8.6
773 provide a QTH CQ setting on the Config window's Contest tab 4.8.8
774 Cabrillo support for ANARTS-RTTY, UKSMG, and Volta contests 4.8.8
775 improve specificity of "log must be updated" messages 4.8.9
777 add AO-51 and VO-52 to satellite selector 4.8.9
780 when directed by SpotCollector to initialize the Capture window with a new callsign, provide the "needed" information to WinWarbler so it can properly color the callsign 4.8.9
781 during import, interpret a DXCC entity code of 433 as "North Korea" 4.9.1
782 provide option to generate confirmed and worked files for IOTAMem4WIN 4.9.1
783 automatically set spot notes to grid square for spots on 6m and above 4.9.2
778 add "Query Callbook for missing items" option to Main window's import tab 4.9.4
784 inform the user when LotW upload or Sync operations are failing because Internet Explorer's "Work Offline" function is enabled in its File menu 4.9.4
785 On the QSL Config window's LotW tab, the "Limit QSO and QSL downloads to this operator callsign" setting is renamed "Limit Add and Sync operations to this operator callsign", and governs the AddRequested and AddAll operations as well as Syhc LotW QSOs and Sync LotW QSLs 4.9.4
786 the "Add Needed requests all with same call" and "Add Needed requests all with same call" now consider base callsigns 4.9.4
788 provide the option to set the Default Focus on the Main window's Log QSOs tab to either the QSO panel's Call textbox or the Filter panel textbox 4.9.4
789 include the DXCC country code in tab-delimited exports 4.9.4
791 provide ability to perform callbook lookups via QRZ.com 4.9.5
792 allow the user to specify a timeout for callbook lookups via QRZ.com  4.9.8
793 accept QSL Manager info from QRZ.com lookups 4.9.9
794 disable the Print Preview window's Next button if there are no more cards or labels to preview 4.9.9
795 provide an option that determines whether call areas of US stations will be used to deduce CQ and ITU zones if more precise information (previous QSOs, state, ARRL section, Callbook) is unavailable and the call area fits entirely in the zone 5.0.0
800 For QSOs above 50 mHz, the Capture window's Spot function will set the default spot notes to "DX Gridsquare > Spotter Gridsquare" if the DX Gridsquare is specified in the Capture window, and if the operator's Gridsquare is specified on the Main window's "my QTHs" tab 5.0.2
801 Print Preview window displays parameters describing the current printer's printable area 5.0.3
802 Print preview for QSL labels shows the printable area, and reports any information that would be printed outside the printable area 5.0.3
803 QSL and address label column positions are absolute, rather than relative to the printer's printable area 5.0.3
804 provide a Databases tab on the Config window that shows the pathname and version for the DXCC and IOTA databases 5.0.3
805 provide a "None" option on the Config window's Callbook tab 5.0.4
807 ALT-double-clicking a QSL Queue entry performs a DXView lookup (if DXView is running) 5.0.7
809 record DXLab application connectivity in the errorlog.txt file 5.1.1
810 if DXView is running but fails to accept an UpdateStatus directive, retry the operation; if the retry fails, declare DXView unavailable  5.1.3
811 if DXView is running but fails to respond to a Lookup or PrefixLookup request, retry the operation; if the retry fails, satisfy the request via the local DXCC database, and declare DXView unavailable 5.1.3
812 if SpotCollector is running but fails to accept an UpdateStatus directive, retry the operation; if the retry fails, declare SpotCollector unavailable 5.1.3
813 provide a New button in the "Log file" panel on the Config window's Log tab 5.1.3
814 if the data downloaded by LotW in response to a SyncLotWQSOs or SyncLotWQSLs does not contain QSOs or QSLs respectively, display the contents of the downloaded file before informing the user 5.1.3
815 provide Cabrillo export support for the CQ-WW-RTTY contest 5.1.4
816 allow QSL substitution commands in QSL messages 5.1.4
817 provide an option to not log the Capture window's Contest, TX#, and RX# items when not in Contest mode 5.1.6
818 provide the option to include LotW and/or eQSL.cc confirmations in Maidenhead Field and Maidenhead Gridsquare award progress reports 5.1.6
819 if contest mode is enabled, display the current contest ID in the Main window's title bar; if the current contest ID is not specified, display "Contest: ?" 5.1.7
820 place confirmed and worked totals at the top of the Worked All Counties report 5.1.8
824 with contest mode enabled and the mouse cursor in the Capture window's call texbox, striking the Tab key should place the mouse cursor in the RX# textbox 5.1.8
826 with the mouse cursor in the Capture window's RX# textbox, striking the Tab key moves the mouse cursor to the RST_Sent textbox 5.1.9
822 don't prevent script execution if the Log Page Display contains no QSOs 5.2.0
827 disable the Import tab's "Query callbook for missing items" option if no Callbook is selected and installed 5.2.0
828 retain the Award Progress filter checkbox settings between operating sessions 5.2.0
834 in Log Page Display, show QSL sent/received dates in system short date format 5.2.3
835 use ISO format for all dates embedded in generated report filenames 5.2.3
836 accept a command line argument that specifies the pathname of a log to open 5.2.3
837 use ISO format for the date embedded in generated log backup filenames 5.2.4
842 provide an empty entry in the printer selector on QSL Config window's Printer tab so that the current printer can be de-selected 5.2.9
848 provide the ability to plot QSOs in the Log Page Display on DXView's world map 5.2.9
864 increase the maximum number of band definitions to 400 5.3.2
865 inform DXView when all logged QSOs have been conveyed by the Plot command 5.3.4
869 provide an option to print capitalized addresses on envelopes and address labels 5.4.2
878 changing the myQTHs panel's latitude or longitude textbox updates its gridsquare textbox, and vice versa 5.4.3
879 when not in Contest mode or Run mode, depressing the SHIFT key while striking the Enter key in the Callsign textbox on the Main window's Log QSOs tab initializes the QSO and places the mouse cursor in the QSO Begin textbox rather than the Mode textbox 5.4.6
868 provide an "always on top" option for the Capture window 5.5.0
881 add CTRL-B and CTLR-E Capture window short cuts for beginning and ending a QSO 5.5.1
882 shift QSL manager callsigns returned by a callbook lookup to upper case 5.5.3
883 remember the position of the LotW upload window between uploads 5.5.4
886 if on startup the specified log file does not exist, and if the specified log file matches the default log pathname, then ask the user if the log should be created 5.5.7
892 the Recompute function ensures that each QSO's DXCC Prefix matches it's DXCC ID; if a QSO's DXCC ID is invalid, the QSO is flagged as broken. 5.6.0
893 the Recompute function creates and displays a report showing any changes made to logged QSOs, and any QSOs flagged as broken 5.6.1
894 the Recompute function creates and displays a report showing any changes made to logged QSOs when a QSO's DXCC Prefix is cleared because its DXCC ID is 0 5.6.2
895 add an entry for Montenegro to the ValidZones.txt file 5.6.2
896 with "import from Writelog" enabled, accept APP_WRITELOG_IOTA tags 5.6.3
897 provide an explanation of QSL SENT and QSL RCVD codes that appears to the left of the Main window's QSL panel when that panel is visible 5.6.5
898 include LotW confirmations in the WAS report without requiring "include LotW confirmations in...." box to be checked 5.6.6
899 add 'N' to the QSL_SENT selector, meaning "don't send an outgoing card" 5.6.6
901 double-clicking on the QSL_SENT_DATE should set the current date and set QSL_SENT to 'Y' 5.6.8
902 when processing QSLs downloaded from LotW, update a QSO's LOTW_QSL_SENT to 'Y' if its confirmed (as the uploaded QSO must have been accepted by LotW) 5.6.8
903 add additional choices to the satellite mode and default satellite mode selectors, and permit the user to specify satellite modes not present in either selector 5.6.8
904 provide an "import from WinLog32" option that when enable, accepts WL_REMARK tags and places their contents in the notes item 5.6.9
907 In the Grid textbox in Awards panel of the Main window's Log QSOs tab
  • double-clicking or striking the Enter key conveys the grid to DXView
  • CTRL-double-clicking conveys the grid to DXView and directs DXView to rotate the antenna to the short-path heading
  • ALT-double-clicking conveys the grid to DXView and directs DXView to rotate the antenna to the long-path heading
5.7.3
908 In the Capture window's grid textbox,
  • double-clicking or striking the Enter key conveys the grid to DXView
  • CTRL-double-clicking conveys the grid to DXView and directs DXView to rotate the antenna to the short-path heading
  • ALT-double-clicking conveys the grid to DXView and directs DXView to rotate the antenna to the long-path heading

 

5.7.3
923 when exporting the QSL Queue to an ADIF or tab-delimited file, the generated file should be sorted in order of DXCC_SORT followed by DEST_SORT 5.7.8
871 provide the option to remove tags containing binary data from an imported ADIF file, and an "import from Logic" option that when selected removes tags containing binary data from an imported ADIF file 5.8.1
929 when exporting a tab-delimited file via the Main window's export tag, includes
  • the State (for US, Alaska, Hawaii), Province (for Canada), or empty (for all other DXCC entities)
  • the County (for US, Alaska, Hawaii), or empty (for all other DXCC entities)
5.8.2
930 when reporting a last QSO that's missing a frequency, report the band 5.8.3
931 display progress when stripping binary tags from an imported file, and permit this operation to be aborted 5.8.3
932 expand QSL substitution commands found in the QSL msg item when uploading to eQSL.cc or LotW, or when generating an ADIF or tab-delimited file from the QSL Queue 5.8.3
243 on the Main window's Check Progress tab, the DXCC panel's Progress report should report progress based on all QSOs visible in the Log Page Display, rather than on all QSOs in the Log 5.8.4
934 provide CQ DX Marathon Progress and Submission reports, with the ability to specify a maximum transmit power and ignore QSOs that exceed this transmit power 5.8.4
935 when performing a SyncLotWQSOs operation and encountering an accepted QSO whose LotW_SENT_DATE is not specified, set LotW_SENT_DATE to the the "last QSO accepted" date provided by LotW 5.8.4
936 provide an "ignore propagation mode" option to the Marathon tab on the Config window's Award's tab that when checked considers all QSOs for Marathon awards regardless of their propagation mode 5.8.5
937 provide the ability to print batches of self-addressed envelopes 5.8.5
938 if a Marathon progress or submission report score is 0, inform the user that there are no QSOs conforming to the transmit power category that satisfy the band and propagation mode rules  5.8.6
939 double-clicking a Capture window textbox or selector label filters the Log Page Display for that textbox or selector's current value 5.8.7
940 provide Marathon zone credit for maritime mobile and aeronautical mobile QSOs 5.8.7
941 increase speed of deleting all QSOs in the Log Page Display 5.8.7
942 clicking the Capture window's Clear button requests confirmation before clearing the Capture window; ALT-clicking the Capture window's Clear button does not request confirmation 5.8.7
943 Provide a "Prompt on Capture clear" setting that determines whether a confirmation dialog appears when the user clicks the Capture window's Clear button 5.8.8
947 on the Main window's Check Progress tab, the DXCC panel's Progress report should include entity names 5.9.0
948 expand the Import tab's "Query callbook for missing items" option to also search the DXCC database for missing CQ zone, ITU zone, Iota tag, and continent items 5.9.1
949 the Main window's CBA function should also search the DXCC database for missing CQ zone, ITU zone, Iota tag, and continent items 5.9.1
960 enable an eQSL.cc QTH Nickname to be specified 5.9.2
961 when uploading a QSO to eQSL.cc, include the QTH Nickname if one is specified 5.9.3
962 provide the option to not display dynamic information in window title bars (Vista workaround) 5.9.3
978 If generating an IOTA report assigns IOTA tags to QSOs missing such tags, list these QSOs in the first section of the generated report. 5.9.5
985 In the Capture window with SpotCollector running, CTRL-S sends an outgoing spot, and CTRL-T prompts for spot notes and then sends an outgoing spot 5.9.6
989 accepts CQ zone, ITU zone, IOTA tag, and Primary Administrative Entity to from SpotCollector (when available) 5.9.7
1016 when a QSL Queue containing too many fields is encountered, delete it and recreate it 5.9.8
76 ADIF 2.0 import and export 6.0.0
278 provide the ability to select individual QSOs and to use this selection to filter the Log Page Display 6.0.0
288 ability to generate SWL confirmations via cards and labels 6.0.0
298 convert QSL Sent and Rcvd items from 'text' to 'date' so that SQL queries can be used;  6.0.0
340 log both Freq and Freq_RX where possible; move Freq_RX and Band_RX to Main window's QSO panel, provide option for Freq_RX to appear in Capture window, rename Freq to TX Freq, and TX Band 6.0.0
386 eliminate existing null items and ensure that no new null items are created when QSOs are created or imported 6.0.0
387 Provide 8 user-defined items
  • provide the ability to to specify the following for each user-defined item
    • the field's caption, e.g. FISTS

    • the field's style: integer, positive integer, number positive number, alphanumeric lower-case alphanumeric, alphabetic, lower-case alphabetic, upper-case alphabetic, list of values specified in a file

    • alignment: left, center, right

    • a default value

  • Store the above information in each log (not the registry)

  • Provide the option to save user-defined item definitions to a file

  • Provide the option to load user-defined item definitions from a file

6.0.0
404 convert FREQ and FREQRX field formats to numeric to facilitate filtering and sorting 6.0.0
465 expand width of QTH item to 1024, and the RST Sent/Rcvd items to 8
  • QSL card and 2-wide labels display only 3 RST_Sent characters
  • <QTH> substitution command displays a maximum of 30 characters
6.0.0
496

improve support for QSLing via the bureau:

  • add a QSL_SENT_VIA item to each log

  • add a QSL_SENT_VIA control to the Main window's Log QSOs tab

  • add a QSL via Bureau checkbox to the Capture window

  • provide a setting that checks the QSL via Bureau box each time a QSO is logged via the Capture window (Config window, General tab)

  • provide a setting that sets QSL_SENT_VIA to 'B' when importing QSOs that are missing a QSL_SENT_VIA tab (Main window, Import tab)

  • don't print address labels or address envelopes for Bureau QSLs; address report should say "via buro"

  • provide option to print "via buro" on cards or 2-column labels

6.0.0
517 add Station Callsign and Owner Callsign items
  • provide a default Station Callsign 
  • provide a default Owner Callsign
  • provide <ownercallsign> and <stationcallsign> substitution strings for use in log report filenames generated from within scripts
  • extend QSL operation
    • provide <mycall> substitution command the returns the QSO's Station Callsign
    • provide <opcall> substitution command that returns the QSO's Operator Callsign
    • provide <ownercall> substitution command that returns the QSO's Owner Callsign
     
  • extend Import operation
    • provide an option to substitute the default Station Callsign into imported QSOs containing no Station Callsign tag
    • provide the option to replace the imported Station Callsign with a specified Station Callsign
    • if an imported QSO contains no Station Callsign tag but does contain an Operator tag and neither of the above substitution options are enabled, import the contents of the Operator tag as the Station Callsign
    • provide an option to substitute the default Owner Callsign into imported QSOs containing no Station Callsign tag
    • provide the option to replace the imported Owner Callsign with a specified Owner Callsign
    • if an imported QSO contains no Owner Callsign tag but does contain an Station Callsign tag and neither Substitution option is enabled, import the contents of the Station Callsign tag as the Station Callsign; if no Station Callsign tag is present but an Operator tag is present, then import the contents of the Operator tag
  • extend Export operations
    • Export Station Callsign and Owner Callsign tags
    • Use the Station Callsign in Cabrillo headers
    • Export the Station Callsign in tab-delimited files
  • reference station callsigns (rather than operator callsigns) in LotW and eQSL.cc upload and synchronization operations
6.0.0
571 provide a QSO Number item, and automatically assign new QSOs the next QSO number 6.0.0
658 provide new fields to record antenna azimuth, antenna path, antenna elevation, latitude, longitude, and distance
  • updating a QSO's grid square recomputes its latitude and longitude, and if the antenna path is set to short path or long path, computes the distance and antenna azimuth

  • updating a QSO's latitude or longitude recomputes its grid square, and if the antenna path is set to short path or long path, computes the distance and antenna azimuth

  • changing a QSO's antenna path recomputes its azimuth and distance

  • allow distances to be specified and displayed in miles or kilometers

6.0.0
689 automatically update all log entries
  • eliminate null fields
  • normalize frequency format
  • populate QSO Number field
6.0.0
697 provide a filename field that designates a file containing information relevant to the QSO 6.0.0
702 provide support for ADIF 2.X Primary and Secondary Administrative Entities:
  • the Main window's Awards tab and the Capture window will display appropriately-labeled abbreviation selectors for those DXCC entities that define primary administrative entities, and textboxes for those DXCC entities that define secondary administrative entities (see the ADIF 2.1.5 spec in this reflector's Files area). For a US station, you will still see State abbreviation selector and a County textbox. For a Canadian station, you will still see a Province abbreviation selector. For a Russian station, you will see an Oblast abbreviation selector, an Oblast number textbox, and a District textbox.

  • ADIF defines the District of Columbia (DC) as a Primary Administrative Entity of the US. DXKeeper's WAS report treats QSOs with stations in the District of Columbia as being in Maryland; its "Worked All Counties" report treats QSOs with stations in the District of Columbia as being in Maryland's Washington County.

  • ADIF defines Newfoundland and Labrador (NL) as a Primary Administrative Entity of Canada, replacing the previous separate provinces of Newfoundland and Labrador

  • ADIF defines the 28 Alaskan Counties enumerated in 

     http://www.qsl.net/kl7j/county.htm

    so these are what DXKeeper expects you to log in Alaskan QSOs. DXKeeper's "Worked All Counties" report automatically maps these counties to the correct Judicial District and reports your County progress accordingly.

6.0.0
798 add new fields to support VHF/UHF weak-signal operation
  • MAX_BURSTS 
  • MS_SHOWER
  • NR_BURSTS
  • NR_PINGS
  • QSO_RANDOM
6.0.0
799 add fields for SFI, A, and K indices and auto-fill from default values linked to SpotCollector 6.0.0
829 provide fields for email address, web page, and LotW membership 6.0.0
840 double-clicking an item label on the Main window's Log QSOs tab selects the item, places the mouse cursor in that item, and renders the label in underlined (rather than bold) font 6.0.0
841 add latitude and longitude items to myQTH specifications
  • typing a valid grid square into a myQTH with no latitude or longitude specified computes the latitude and longitude
  • typing a valid latitude and longitude into a myQTH with no grid square specified computes the grid square 
6.0.0
844 increase the speed of the "delete multiple QSOs" operation 6.0.0
845 striking a letter or number key in the Award Progress table on the Main window's Check Progress tab selects the first table entry whose DXCC Prefix begins with that letter or number; if no table entry begins with that letter or number, the table's first entry is selected. 6.0.0
847 with Optimize for Realtime Entry un-checked, the following items in the Main window's Log QSOs panel are initialized to the value logged in the previously-entered  QSO rather than the default value specified in the Configuration window:
  • Transmit power
  • my QTH ID
  • Satellite Name
  • Satellite Mode
  • Propagation Mode
6.0.0
870 ignore downloaded eQSL.cc QSOs marked as SWL reports (rather than report a mismatch) 6.0.0
877 change the TX_PWR field type to NUMBER 6.0.0
880 add a field called TEMP for temporary use (no export or import) 6.0.0
910 add a SUBMODE field 6.0.0
912 When importing and exporting QSL_RCVD, use APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_EXPIRED to convey values for 'X'  6.0.0
916 expand myQTHID field width to 64 6.0.0
918 don't "count" CW QSOs towards CW if made before 1975-01-01 6.0.0
919 provide a Sel filter that populates the Log Page Display with QSOs whose Select item is set to 'Y' 6.0.0
951 provide a means of identifying QSOs with 4U1VIC ITU Vienna International Center, GM/Shetland Shetland Is., IG9/IH9 African Italy, IT Sicily, JW Bear Is., and TA1 European Turkey and include this in the CQ DX Marathon progress and submission reports 6.0.0
963 provide the ability to specify the number of decimal digits shown in Log Page Display frequency columns 6.0.0
964 provide a DOK field and cross-references from DOK code to name 6.0.0
970 designate the Notes item as Comment for ADIF consistency 6.0.0
972 remove unnecessary RR buttons from the Online QSO panel's eQSL and LotW sub-panels 6.0.0
974 support eQSL.cc incremental QSL downloads
  • "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" only requests new QSLs created since the last invocation
  • depressing CTRL while invoking "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" requests all QSLs
6.0.0
986 populate the Default Contest ID and Import Contest ID Replacement selectors with ADIF-specified contest IDs 6.0.0
987 filtering the Log Page Display for previous QSOs with a specified station shows only QSOs in the current year whose recorded Contest ID matches the Contest ID setting on the Config window's Contest tab 6.0.0
990 with  "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" enabled when logging a new QSO via the Main window's Log QSOs tab, information from previous QSOs is used to initialize the new QSO 6.0.0
991 clicking the Filter panel's X button while depressing the CTRL key will clear any Log Page Display filter and then sort the Log Page Display in UTC order 6.0.0
992 the "Sync LotW QSLs" operation filters the Log Page Display to contain only QSOs confirmed via LotW and sorts the Log Page Display in order of LotW Date Received 6.0.0
993 the "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation filters the Log Page Display to contain only QSOs confirmed via eQSL.cc and sorts the Log Page Display in order of eQSL Date Received 6.0.0
994 provide an option on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab that determines whether missing items like CONT, CQ, ITU, and ARRL Section are determined from the imported QSO's DXCC entity and primary administrative entity when possible 6.0.0
995 Make the Capture window height adjustable, enabling or disabling items as required 6.0.0
996 add modes introduced in ADIF 2.1.9:AMTORFEC, CHIP128, CONTESTI, DOMINOF,  FMHELL,  FSK31, HELL80, PSK10, PSK63F, PSK220F, PSKAM10, PSKAM31, PSKAM50, PSKFEC31, PSKHELL, QPSK31, QPSK63, QPSK125, RTTYM, THRBX,  VOI 6.0.0
997 support the INTERNET PROP_MODE 6.0.0
999 provide the option to set Select to N for all QSOs in the Log Page Display by CTRL-clicking the Filter panel's Sel button 6.0.0
1000 provide an option on the Main window's Import tab to set Select to Y for all imported QSOs 6.0.0
1001 provide the ability to set Select to N for all QSOs in the Log from the Main window's Import tab 6.0.0
1005 callbook lookups of US stations append the state to the QTH 6.0.0
1004 export Operator Callsign and Owner Callsign in tab-delimited files 6.0.1
1008 change FL, Dade to FL,Miami-Dade 6.0.2
1018 when the Log Page Display is sorted by double-clicking a column header or after an LotW or eQSL Sync operation, the Sort panel's caption indicates how the log page display is sorted 6.0.2
1021 in the Main window's Log QSOs tab, flash the code label of a QSO whose country code is missing  6.0.6
1022 in the Main window's Log QSOs tab, flash the DXCC label of a QSO whose country code doesn't match its DXCC prefix (unless the callsign begins with !)  6.0.6
1023 when scrolling through the Log Page Display using up/down arrow keys or Page-Up/Page-Down keys, defer progress, DXView, and Pathfinder lookups until the scrolling stops on a QSO 6.0.8
1024 when performing a Sync LotW QSLs operation, consider a mode of PHONE returned by LotW as compatible with a logged mode of AM, FM, or SSB 6.0.9
1026 if the "Add Needed", "Add Requested", or "Add All" operations are invoked on the Main window's QSL tab with the Log Page Display filtered, informs the user and provides the option to clear the filter. 6.0.9
1027 if the Main window's QSL tab is selected with the Log Page Display filtered, no longer informs the user and provides the option to clear the filter 6.0.9
1028 when initializing a QSO with "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" disabled, set its End date and time to its Begin date and time 6.1.1
1029 provide a default Antenna Path setting 6.1.2
1031

striking CTRL-ALT-C in the Filter panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab

  • sets the current QSO's QSL received  item to "Y" (yes)

  • sets the current QSO's QSL date received item to the current UTC date

  • if a card was not previous sent, sets the current QSO's QSL sent  item to "R" (requested)

6.1.2
1032 increase the SWL callsign length to 32 6.1.2
1033 ignore an attempt to display an additional panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab if there's insufficient room  6.1.2
1034 provides an "Export ADIF 1.0" option on the Main window's Exports tab 6.1.2
1035 provides a DX4WIN option in the "ADIF style options" panel on the Main window's Imports tab than when selected extracts name and QTH information from NOTES tags, and LotW confirmation from COMMENT tags 6.1.2
1038 improve the WAZ report
  • generate a mixed 5BWAZ report
  • generate a mixed report for each enabled Band
  • generate a detailed by-enabled-mode report for each enabled Band
  • eliminate redundant 160m pages
6.1.9
1036 striking the Enter or Tab key in the "Log QSO" tab's QSO Begin box should compare the QSO Begin and QSO End date-times; if the QSO End date-time is earlier than the QSO Begin date-time, QSO End should be set to QSO Begin 6.2.0
1037 Accept Logger32-specific ADIF tags during import when set to "standard ADIF"
  • APP_LOGGER32_LAT and APP_LOGGER32_LNG
  • APP_LOGGER32_STATE and APP_LOGGER32_CNTY
  • APP_LOGGER32_LOTW_SENT and APP_LOGGER32_LOTW_RCVD
  • APP_LOGGER32_EQSL_SENT and APP_LOGGER32_EQSL_RCVD
  • APP_LOGGER32_QSL
  • APP_LOGGER32_eQSL
  • APP_LOGGER32_LoTW
6.2.0
958 enable the script mechanism to process the a Report command that can generate a log reports and progress reports for DXCC, VUCC, IOTA, WAC, WAZ, Maidenhead Fields, Maidenhead Gridsquares, US States, and US Counties 6.2.1
1015 add an option to ignore printer margins 6.2.1
1046 when CTRL-double-clicking a QSL Queue entry, only clear the Log Page Display entry if necessary to make the associated QSO visible 6.2.1
1047 double-clicking in the "rx freq" item in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab sets the "rx freq" to the "tx freq" 6.2.1
922 provide a function that scans all QSOs in the Log Page Display and updates their LotW membership from the database of known LotW members 6.2.2
1049 when "optimize for real-time QSO entry" is disabled, allow direct editing of the Main window's primary and secondary subdivision administration textboxes 6.2.2
1050 expand the capacity of the Name and QSL_Via items to 1024 characters 6.2.5
1051 adds keyboard shortcuts to the Filter textbox on the Main window's "Log QSOs"tab
  • Home - move cursor to before the first character in the Filter textbox
  • End - move cursor to after the last character in the Filter texbox 
  • CTRL-Home - display the first QSO in the Log Page Display
  • CTRL-END - display the last QSO in the Log Page Display
  • PageUp - display the previous QSO in the Log Page Display
  • PageDown - display the next QSO in the Log Page Display
6.2.5
1052 improve the tooltips in the Date Format panel on the Config window's Reports panel 6.2.5
1053 recover LotW and DXCC credit information when importing ADIF files generated by DXBase 6.2.5
1054 double-clicking the Capture window's "RX Freq" item sets it to the value in the "TX Freq" item 6.2.8
1056 increase the speed of the Recompute operation 6.3.0
1057 if a Default myQTH ID is specified on the Config window's Log tab, then when the Main window's "my QTHs" tab is selected, make that default myQTH ID current 6.3.0
1060 In the Advanced window's Modify QSOs panel, provide the option to determine TX Band or RX Band by adding a <compute> option in the Item New Value selector 6.3.1
1063 create a "Duplicate checking" panel on the Main window's Import tab 6.3.2
1064 add a "Consider primary and secondary administrative subdivisions" option to the "Duplicate checking" panel that when enabled only rejects an imported QSO if its primary and secondary administrative subdivisions match that of a logged QSO whose callsign, band, mode, and date-time within specified range all match  6.3.2
1065 add a "consider gridsquares" option to the "Duplicate checking" panel that when enabled only rejects an imported QSO if its gridsquare match that of a logged QSO whose callsign, band, mode, and date-time within specified range all match  6.3.2
1066 in items in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, CTRL-S is a shortcut for "set QSL_SENT to 'Y' ", and CTRL-R is a shortcut for "set QSL_RCVD to 'Y' " 6.3.2
1067 when performing a lookup for other DXLab applications, include LotW membership in the results 6.3.2
1068 the "Add Needed" operation will not add an unneeded QSO to the Queue because "Add Needed adds all with same call" or "Add Needed adds all with same Manager" is enabled if that QSO's QSL_RCVD item is set to 'X'  6.3.3
998 generate a DOK progress report 6.3.7
1070 if Subdivision award checking is enabled, correct misspelled US counties during Import and "Sync LotW QSLs" operations 6.3.7
1071 when "Sync LotW QSLs" returns a confirmation from a callsign, set "LotW Member" to 'Y' for all QSOs with that callsign 6.3.7
1072 in the Capture window, CTRL-F initiates a Lookup 6.3.8
1073 characters typed into the Main window's primary administrative subdivision box with "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" disabled should be automatically shifted to upper case 6.4.1
1074 characters typed into the Main window's DOK, or Region boxes should be automatically shifted to upper case 6.4.1
1075 characters typed into the Capture window's primary administrative subdivision, DOK, or Region boxes should be automatically shifted to upper case 6.4.1
1076 if the Subdivisions box is checked in the Other panel on the Config window's Awards tab, then the Recomp function should correct common misspellings of Canadian Province abbreviations and US Counties 6.4.1
1077 the "Check Progress" tab's WPX function should generate a WPX status report showing all worked or confirmed WPX prefixes in addition to the summary report it currently produces 6.4.1
1078 allow the Region item to be set to YU8 (Kosovo) in QSOs with Serbian stations 6.4.2
1079 characters typed into the Main window's secondary administrative subdivision box with "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" disabled in a QSO whose DXCC entity is European Russia, Asiatic Russia, Kaliningrad, Franz Josef Land, Malyj Vysotski Island, Ukraine, or Korea should be automatically shifted to upper case 6.4.3
1080 dates for QSL, eQSL, and LotW Sent/Rcvd items are presented in the short date format specified in the Windows Control Panel's Regional and Language Options applet 6.4.3
1091 use SpotCollector's LotW color to highlight LotW callsigns in the Capture window 6.4.4
1097 provide the option to import an ADIF file generated by TurboLog V3 6.4.7
1098 re-arrange the SWL confirmation statement for cards and labels so that the SWL callsign appears last  6.4.8
1100 display the QSL Queue's "Sent Via" information as a user-modifiable selector; if an entry's "Sent Via" information is changed, update the QSL_SENT_VIA item of the logged QSO from which the entry was generated 6.4.8
1101 in the "Process QSLs and Addresses" tab, provide checkboxes that control whether Bureau and/or Direct cards are included when printing QSL cards, printing QSL labels, generating an ADIF file, or generating a tab-delimited file 6.4.9
1102 provides options that direct the Add Needed and Add Requested functions to set QSL Via to 'B' or 'D' when adding QSOs to the QSL Queue 6.4.9
1103 With the Import tab's "ADIF Style" panel set to "Turbolog V3", extracts "via Buro" and "via Direct" information from QSL_SENT tags 6.5.2
1104 With the Import tab's "ADIF Style" panel set to "Turbolog V3", replace a leading * in an imported callsign with a ! 6.5.3
1108 in SQL filter expressions, replace USER_X with the ADIF name of the user-defined item whose caption is X 6.5.3
1081 enable "Worked All Britain" award Areas to be captured in QSOs with stations in England, Wales, Scotland, Ireland, Northern Ireland, Jersey, Guernsey, or Isle of Man. (see http://www.worked-all-britain.co.uk/ ) 6.5.4
1110 allow the definition of Special DOKs and include them in the DOK report 6.5.4
1113 increase the speed of the WPX report 6.5.4
1114 extend the Script Report command to generate DOK reports 6.5.5
1115 enable the WPX progress report generator to only process QSOs in the Log Page Display, and extend the Script Report command to generate WPX reports 6.5.5
1116 provide a WAE progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate WAE reports 6.5.5
1117 provide a CQ DX progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate CQDX progress reports 6.5.5
1118 support new ADIF 2.2.0 fields for eQSL and LotW interchange 6.5.5
1119 exploit new ADIF QSL_RCVD V enumeration item for 'verified' 6.5.5
1121 provide a Russian District Award progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate RDA progress reports 6.5.5
1122 Add Kosovo to the WAE country list 6.5.6
1123 provide a JARL Worked all Japanese Cities and Guns progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate JCC-G progress reports 6.5.6
1124 provide a Worked All Britain progress report generator, and extend the Script Report command to generate WAB progress reports 6.5.6
1125 in the Other panel on the Config window's Awards tab, default the DARC DOK box to unchecked; only take the time to load the DARC DOK selectors if this box is checked 6.5.6
1126 in the Other panel on the Config window's Awards tab, default the CQ & DARC WAE box to unchecked; only take the time to load the CQ & DARC WA selectors if this box is checked 6.5.6
1128 provide the ability to generate independent WPX progress, summary, and submission reports 6.6.2
1131 add a "Use each QSO's myQTHID as its QTH Nickname when uploading or exporting" option to the QSL Config window's eQSL tab that when checked
  • when uploading, sets each QSO's eQSL Nickname tag to its myQTHID

  • when exporting ADIF for eQSL.cc, sets each QSO's eQSL Nickname tag to its myQTHID

6.7.3
1132 extend the Script mechanism to accept new Report kinds
  • ARRL_entities_progress  - generates a progress report showing worked/confirmed status for each entity defined by the ARRL

  • ARRL_entities_submission - generates a submission report showing confirmed entities defined by the ARRL

6.7.9
1133 provide a QSL Status report that inspects all QSOs on the Log Page Display an shows outgoing count, incoming count, and return rate statistics for QSL cards, eQSL.cc, and LotW by mode and by band 6.8.0
1135 provide the option to include the split frequency in outgoing spot notes whether or not Commander is running 6.8.8
1136 add Brussels (code BR) as a primary administrative entity for Belgium 6.9.1
1137 when the "QSL Via" panel on the Main window's QSL tab is set to LotW, display the current QSL station location to be used in uploading QSOs to LotW 6.9.1
866 provide the option to automatically create a backup on shutdown 6.9.2
1138 provide the option to generate a submission report for the Russian District Award, and provides an RDA_submission script command 6.9.3
1139 provide a second set of printer media size and source selectors for use when printing envelopes 6.9.5
1140 when exporting a QSO in tab-delimited format, include the contents of the 8 user-defined fields 6.9.5
1141 provides an "Allow direct Subdivision entry" setting that when enabled allows direct entry and editing of the Primary and Secondary  Administrative Subdivision items in the Award panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab 6.9.8
1142 provides the ability to generate JARL WAJA, JCC, JCG, and AGA progress reports, and provides script commands to generate these reports 6.9.8
494 make it possible to invoke all SQL queries from the Main windows Log QSOs tab, with user-specified captions 7.0.0
853 provide the ability to generate a local spot from the Capture window (requires SpotCollector 4.6.2 or later) 7.0.0
966 increase the number of SQL filters to 16 7.0.0
1020 ignore non-numeric keys typed into CQZ or ITUZ - in both windows 7.0.0
1041 improve the number and accessibility of SQL filters
  • for each of the16  "SQL Query Filters" in the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window, add the ability to specify a label
  • In the Filter panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab
    •  remove the SQL1 button
    • add a ~ button in the panel's upper-right corner that when clicked would cycle the Filter panel between displaying 
      1. the Call, Sel, UTC, DXCC, LotW, and Broke filter buttons
      2. 4 buttons that invoke SQL filters 1-4 (if a label is defined for at least 1 of these)
      3. 4 buttons that invoke SQL filters 5-8 (if a label is defined for at least 1 of these)
      4. 4 buttons that invoke SQL filters 9-12 (if a label is defined for at least 1 of these)
      5. 4 buttons that invoke SQL filters 13-16 (if a label is defined for at least 1 of these)
7.0.0
1042 add additional built-in filters to the Filter panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab
  • remove the # option from the Sort panel
  • add a Since filter that shows all QSOs that start anytime after the date & time  specified in the Filter panel textbox
  • add a Date filter that show all QSOs that start anytime during the date specified in the Filter panel textbox
7.0.0
1112 provide the option to automatically direct SpotCollector to generate a local spot when logging a QSO via the Capture window (requires SpotCollector 4.6.2 or later) 7.0.0
1129 add a Script execution button to the Main window's Log QSOs tab 7.0.0
1143 alphabetically sort the TQSL "station location" selector 7.0.0
1144 provide the option to generate a propagation forecast for the station's location on the captured TX frequency when entering a callsign in the Capture window and striking the Enter or Tab key or clicking the Lookup button with PropView and DXView both running  7.0.0
1145 provide the ability to execute scripts from the Main window's "Log QSOs" and Progress tabs 7.0.0
1146 when importing a QSO from Asiatic Russia, European Russia, Franz Josef Land, Malyj Vysotski, Ukraine, Japan, or Korea that specifies a secondary administrative subdivision but not a primary administrative subdivision, extract the primary from the secondary 7.0.0
1148 provide the option to generate a header record when exporting a tab-delimited file 7.0.4
1149 display the QSO's duration (if non-zero) in the QSO panel caption on the Main window's Log QSOs tab 7.0.7
1150 provide the option to generate a header record when generating a tab-delimited file from the QSL Queue 7.0.9
1151 in SQL expressions, ignore characters between // and \\ 7.1.3
1152 don't highlight in red font a QSL Queue entry that's missing an address if QSL_SENT_VIA is set to B (buro) 7.1.3
1153 add a loadlayout script command that specifies and applies a log page display layout file 7.1.3
1154 accept Japanese Ku as Secondary Administrative Subdivisions in QSOs with Japanese stations 7.1.3
1160 when Commander 7.4.1 (or later) is running, detect when the active transceiver requires frequency synchronization before logging or spotting, and performs that synchronization 7.1.6
1157 handle the new Australian prefix rules for external territories specified in http://www.acma.gov.au/WEB/STANDARD..PC/PC=PC_1255#call

When presented with a 6-character VK9 callsign, determine the entity by inspecting the 5th character (C, L, M, N, W, or X) 

7.1.7
1159 the Address Editor should display a "QSL Sent Via" selector that is correctly populated when is invoked by double-clicking a QSO or QSL Queue entry; if multiple QSOs are updating when clicking Save, their QSL_SENT_VIA as well as their ADDRESS should be updated 7.1.7
1160 include the number of SWL QSLs in the summary presented at the completion of an eQSL.cc QSL Sync operation 7.1.7
1161 when Commander isn't running or "Optimize for Realtime QSO Entry" is disabled, initialize a new QSO's RX frequency to the previously-logged QSO's frequency 7.1.7
1162 invoke the Recomp function while depressing the Alt key corrects primary administrative subdivisions corrupted by defect# 859 in QSOs where a valid secondary administrative subdivision is specified 7.1.9
1163 when Commander isn't running or "Optimize for Realtime QSO Entry" is disabled and a new QSO is being logged via the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab and the previously logged QSO's Propagation Mode is SAT,  initialize a new QSO's RX frequency to the previously-logged QSO's RX frequency 7.2.0
1164 provide a TCP-IP server that accepts "log" and "eqslLog" commands from applications 7.2.2
1165 notify the user if the "Update LotW Membership" function finds no new LotW members 7.2.2
1167 add Olivia to the Mode filter panel 7.2.5
1168 if the Capture window's callsign is cleared after initiating a Lookup, terminate the lookup 7.2.5
1169 re-arrange the Capture window's controls in rows 3 and 4 for improved order 7.2.5
1170 provide the ability to import tab-delimited files with a header 7.2.6
1172 does not provide Marathon credit for maritime mobile and aeronautical mobile QSOs, consistent with 2008 rules 7.2.9
1173 generates the Marathon submission file in comma delimited format so it can be opened with a spreadsheet and its data copied and pasted into the Marathon Score Sheet 7.2.9
1174 remove middle name or middle initial when populating Name item from the RAC, Hamcall or QRZ CDROM 7.2.9
1175 add QSL Queue navigation controls to the Address Editor window (when editing a QSL Queue entry) 7.2.9
1176 depressing the CTRL key while invoking "Sync LotW QSOs" sets the Select item to 'Y' in each QSO found to match a QSO in LotW 7.3.2
1158 provide support for premium QRZ.com access (directly, without using Pathfinder) 7.3.3
1178 add additional US county spelling corrections
  • MO,Sainte Genevieve => MO,Ste. Genevieve
  • IL,Dewitt => IL,De Witt
  • MN,Lake of the Woods => MN,L. of the Woods
  • Prince Wales Ketchikan => AK,Prince of Wales-Outer Ketchikan
  • AK,Skagway Hoonah Angoon => AK,Skagway-Yakutat-Angoon
  • AK,Wrangell Petersburg => AK,Wrangell-Petersburg
  • AK,Matanuska Susitna => AK,Matanuska-Susitna
  • AK,Valdez Cordova => AK,Valdez-Cordova
  • AK,Yukon Koyukuk => AK,Yukon-Koyukuk
7.3.5
1179 apply US County spelling correction to the results of a callbook lookup 7.3.5
1180 if a callbook lookup initiated from the Capture window yields an invalid primary or secondary administrative subdivision, don't inform the user if the Subdivisions box in unchecked in the Other panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab 7.3.5
1181 provide the option to automatically update the Log Page Display layout file when layout changes are made 7.3.6
666 allow the user to specify a vertical "split", and limit horizontal scrolling to the columns on the right side of the split 7.3.6
1182 accelerate the resizing and moving of columns in the Log Page Display 7.3.8
1183 maintain horizontal scrolling positions between operating sessions, loading new log files, and filtering or sorting the Log Page Display 7.3.9
332 provide the option to print frequency or band information on QSL labels 7.3.9
1185 striking the Enter key in the Filter textbox will invoke the last SQL filter if that filter's SQL expression includes <FILTERTEXTBOX> 7.4.2
1186 remove the decimal separator from numbers displayed on the Main window's Log QSOs tab 7.4.3
1187 double-clicking a QSL Queue entry while depressing the ALT key displays the Address Editor, directs Pathfinder to perform a lookup, and directs DXView to perform a lookup 7.4.5
1189 improve the extraction of City names for addresses provided by QRZ-via-Pathfinder lookups 7.4.7
1190 generate Cabrillo for the ARRL-RTTY contest 7.4.7
1191 support Cabrillo 3.0 7.4.7
1192 change Capture window's eQSL checkbox to mean "callsign is an Authenticity Guaranteed member of eQSL.cc" 7.4.7
1193 striking the Enter or Tab keys after entering a callsign in the Main window's "Log QSOs" panel will set the "eQSL Member" item to 'Y' if the "eQSL AG" database is installed and the callsign is an Authenticity Guaranteed member of eQSL.cc  7.4.7
1194 striking the Enter or Tab keys after entering a callsign in the Capture window, or invoking the Capture window's Lookup function will check the Capture window's "eQSL AG" box and color the Callsign box background if the "eQSL AG" database is installed and the callsign is an Authenticity Guaranteed member of eQSL.cc  7.4.7
1195 provide an "Update eQSL AG Membership" function that reviews each QSO in the log and sets its eQSL_Member item to 'A' if its callsign is found in the eQSL AG database 7.4.7
1196 include Authenticity Guaranteed eQSL.cc confirmations in WAZ, WPX, USA-CA, CQDX, and Maidenhead Fields progress reports 7.4.7
1197 convert the "Meteor Shower" box in the Propagation panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab to a selector pre-populated with Meteor Shower names that allows the user to select a shower name to type in a new once, and convert the "Meteor Shower" box on the Config window's Defaults tab to a selector pre-populated with Meteor Shower names that allows the user to select a shower name to type in a new once 7.4.8
1198 add "alpha-Aurigids" to the Meteor Shower selectors 7.4.9
1199 provide the ability to generate Cabrillo Category and Soapbox tags 7.4.9
1200 add Cabrillo support for the EPC-WW-DX contest 7.4.9
1201 provide the ability to display eQSL.cc and LotW passwords 7.5.0
1202 when generating a CQ Marathon progress report or submission, replaces missing frequencies with the band's lower-edge frequency as specified in the band definition file 7.5.0
1203 depressing CTRL while clicking the Capture window's Clear button selects the last entry in the "Log Page Display" 7.5.3
1205 provide a Fix_US_Counties script that applies USA-CA corrections:

* AL,De Kalb => AL,DeKalb
* AL,Saint Clair => AL,St. Clair
* FL,De Soto => FL,DeSoto
* GA,De Kalb => GA,DeKalb
* IL,De Kalb => IL,DeKalb
* IN,De Kalb => IN,DeKalb
* IL,De Witt => IL,DeWitt
* IL,Du Page => IL,DuPage
* LA,De Soto => LA,DeSoto
* LA,East Carroll => LA,E. Carroll
* LA,East Feliciana => LA,E. Feliciana
* LA,St.John the Bpt => LA,St. John the Baptist
* LA,West Carroll => LA,W. Carroll
* LA,West Feliciana => LA,W. Feliciana
* MD,Prince Georges => MD,Prince George's
* MD,Queen Annes => MD,Queen Anne's
* MD,St. Marys => MD,St. Mary's
* MN,L. of the Woods => MN,Lake of the Woods
* MO,De Kalb => MO,DeKalb
* MS,De Soto => Ms,DeSoto
* MT,Lewis and Clark => MT,Lewis & Clark
* NH,Hillsboro => NH,Hillsborough
* TN,De Kalb => TN,DeKalb
* TX,De Witt => TX,DeWitt
* VT,Chittendon => VT,Chittenden

7.5.7
1206 For QSL cards and 2-column labels, replace "include 'via buro' in confirmation" options with "via [buro]" options that include the target buro's DXCC prefix in the confirmation line 7.5.7
1207 Provide an "Include [buro]" option for 3-column labels that when enabled includes the target buro's DXCC prefix in the label's bottom line 7.5.7
1208 provide a <buro> substitution command that if the QSO's QSL_VIA is set to 'B' (bureau), produces [x buro] where x is the destination entity's DXCC prefix 7.5.7
1209 provide the option to set each imported QSO's QSL Sent item to 'R' unless the imported value is 'Y' 7.5.8
1210 permit applications directing the Log Page Display to be filtered to optionally specify the contents of the Filter panel textbox 7.5.8
1211 Depressing the Ctrl key while clicking the UTC, Band, Mode, or SQL panel's Filter buttons refines the existing Log Page Display filter by applying the new filter to those QSOs visible in the Log Page Display. 7.5.9
1212 add JT65A, JT6M, and Thor to the DefaultModes.txt file 7.6.1
1213 add 560m (.501 - .504 MHz) to the DefaultBands.txt file 7.6.1
1214 provide a DDFM award progress report 7.6.3
1215 provide SRR award progress and submission reports 7.6.4
1155 provide a "RAC Canadaward" progress report 7.6.5
1216 when invoked with the Log Page Display filtered, the "DXCC, Challenge, Top" Progress report should ask whether the filter should be cleared before generating the report 7.6.5
1217 when invoked with the Log Page Display filtered, the "QSL Stats" report should ask whether the filter should be cleared before generating the report 7.6.5
1218 extend the "DXCC, Challenge, Top" panel's Progress report to display confirmation statistics: by card, by LotW, and (if enabled) by eQSL 7.6.5
1220 characters between // and // on a line in a script file are ignored 7.6.5
1221 when initializing a QSO with callbook data, ignores the word "via" if its the first word of the returned QSL manager 7.6.5
1222 when creating a new QSO via the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, leave "eQSL member" and "LotW member" empty if the callsign is not an eQSL or LotW participant, rather than set them to 'N'  7.6.5
1223 speed up Freq-to-BandName computation when no two ham bands live in the same 1 MHz 7.6.5
1224 Alt-= in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab or Capture window moves the mouse cursor to the ARRL, Region, or DOK item (if visible) 7.6.5
1225 Alt-0 through Alt-7 in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab or Capture window moves the mouse cursor to user-defined fields 0 through 7 respectively 7.6.5
1226 Alt-/ in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab or Capture window moves the mouse cursor to the TX_Power item 7.6.5
1227

provide the option to maintain a Realtime Award Tracking information for the WAZ family of awards

  • provide  a new Realtime Award Tracking (RAT) window whose DXCC tab displays and queries the realtime award award tracking information for DXCC and TopList, and whose WAZ tab displays and queries the realtime award tracking information for WAZ (if enabled)

  • provide access to the RAT window via a new RAT button on the Main window's Log QSOs tab and new Realtime Tracking buttons on the Main window's Check Progress tab's "DXCC, Challenge, & Toplist" and "CQ WAZ" panels.

  • provide automatic recomputation when an element of a QSO affecting WAZ award progress is modified

  • the Add Needed function populates the QSL Queue with QSOs whose confirmation would advance WAZ progress on the specified bands and modes

  • any generated QSL card or label will include a "please QSL" notation if it's QSO's confirmation would advance WAZ progress on the specified bands and modes

  • after performing an  ADIF import operation, include new CQ zone, zone-band, and zone-mode confirmations in the progress report

  • after performing a "Sync eQSL QSLs" operation, include new CQ zone, zone-band, and zone-mode confirmations in the progress report

  • display a callsign in the Capture window or Main window's Log QSO panel in red or blue font if its CQ zone, zone-band, or zone-mode is sought and unconfirmed or unworked, respectively

7.6.5
1228 when LotW responds to a Sync LotW QSOs or Sync LotW QSLs operation with HTML containing an error message instead of with ADIF records, display the HTML in the user's web browser rather than as a text file so the error message will be more readable 7.6.5
1229 after sorting the Log Page Display in response to the user double-clicking the caption of a Log Page Display column, display that caption in the Sort panel 7.6.5
1230 provide a new WAZVerified QSO item that indicates whether a QSO has been submitted for WAZ verification or verified 7.6.5
1231 use the new ADIF CREDIT_SUBMITTED and CREDIT_GRANTED fields to import and export submission and verification information for WAZ awards 7.6.5
1232 enable the Advanced window's Modify QSOs panel to compute each QSO's PFX field when the the "item new value" is set to <compute> 7.6.5
1235 provide the option to specify the precision used for frequencies in progress and submission reports 7.6.6
1236 invoking the DXCC filter on the Main window's Log QSOs panel with the Filter panel textbox empty filters the log for QSOs whose DXCC entity match that of the currently-selected QSO 7.6.6
1237 invoking the Call filter on the Main window's Log QSOs panel with the Filter panel textbox empty filters the log for QSOs whose callsign match that of the currently-selected QSO 7.6.6
1235 with the Config window's Awards tab's Other panel's Subdivision box enabled, correct incorrect capitalization of secondary subdivisions when importing or performing Sync LotW QSLs 7.6.6
1236 provide a Reset button in the "Log Page Display" panel on the Config window's Log tab that when clicked sets the Log Page Display's row height and column widths to default values based on the current font size 7.6.6
1237 extend Realtime Award Tracking for WAZ awards to support zone-band-mode tracking
  • provide a CQ Zone Progress Details display on the Realtime Award Tracking window's WAZ tab

  • extend the WAZ Award Progress Filter to filter by both band and mode

  • extend "Add Needed" to populate the QSL Queue with QSOs whose confirmation would provide needed WAZ band-modes

7.6.6
1238 on the Config window's General tab, create separate option panels for settings governing operation of the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab and for settings governing operation of the Capture window 7.6.6
1239 when printing QSL cards or labels with "Print Preview" enabled, restore the Print Preview window if its minimized 7.6.6
1240 after importing QSOs, direct SpotCollector (if running) to recompute its award progress 7.6.6
1241 move Import statistics to a separate window that is displayed during and after importing, and provide a Stats button to re-display this window if it has been closed 7.6.6
1242 provide the ability to import QSOs exported from DXBase version 5 using Btrieve and DXBConvt and  7.6.6
1243 ignore hyphen characters typed into the DOK item in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab or in the Capture window 7.6.6
1244 provide an option that prevents the modification of logged QSOs unless an Edit button is first clicked 7.6.7
1245 after a QSO is logged, change the Log button on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab to a "Save" button 7.6.7
1246 extend the Import Progress Report to include WAZ band-modes 7.6.8
1247 extend the Import post-eQSL sync progress report to include WAZ band-modes 7.6.8
1094 if an eQSL Nickname is specified on the "QSL Config" window's eQSL.cc tab, display this eQSL.cc Nickname beneath the "Upload to eQSL.cc" button on the Main window's QSL tab.  7.6.9
1248 provide the ability to download and display QSL images for QSOs confirmed via eQSL.cc 7.6.9
1249 provide the option to retain eQSL images in DXKeeper's "eQSL Images" sub-folder; when the user clicks the Display button, check to see whether the eQSL image has already been downloaded, and if so display the already-downloaded image -- unless the user has depressed the CTRL key while clicking the Display button, in which case a new eQSL image is downloaded and replaces the existing image 7.7.0
1250 when attempting to synchronize with eQSL.cc, extract and display any error message returned by eQSL.cc 7.7.3
1251 on startup, display the Realtime Award Tracking window if it was on-screen when DXKeeper last terminated 7.7.5
1252 if a callsign lookup returns a QSL Via that is identical to the station's callsign, act as if no QSL Via was specified by the Callbook 7.8.0
1253 extend the Advanced window's Modify QSOs panel to enable selection of options for the QSL Message, Satellite Name, Satellite Mode, and Meteor Shower fields 7.8.1
1254 when initializing a QSO with callbook data, ignores the words "qsl via" if they are the first words of the returned QSL manager 7.8.1
1255 provides each user-defined item with an Init box on the Config window's User Items tab that if "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" is enabled determines whether or not the item is initialized from previous QSOs, with priority given to the most recent previous QSO 7.8.1
1256 include the Name and DXCC entity code in each record when exporting an ADIF file from the QSL Queue 7.8.5
1257 move the database version information from the Config window's Defaults tab to a new DXCC Database Info window that is displayed when the new Database Info button on the bottom of the Config window's General tab is clicked 7.9.3
1258 provide the optional ability to specify the default transmit power by band on the Config window's Defaults tab 7.9.3
1259 provide the option to exclude deleted entities from a DXCC submission 7.9.7
1260 provide the option to specify a default RST Sent and RST Rcvd 7.9.8
1261 in the Advanced window's Modify QSOs window, accept one-operator numeric expressions in the "Item New Value" box when the "Item ADIF field name" selector is set to Freq or Freq_RX, e.g. /1000 or +.1  8.0.6
1262 if DXView 3.2.5 or later is running, utilize the Region and Primary information it reports when initializing a QSO in the Capture window or Main window's "Log QSOs" tab 8.0.7
1263 when performing a lookup for other applications, return the Region code 8.0.7
1264 provides the option to capture Holyland regions in QSOs with Israeli stations, and generates a Holyland progress report 8.0.7
1265 expand RST Sent item on QSL cards and 2-wide labels from 3 to 4 characters 8.0.8
1266 generate a "worked all Hungarian Counties" progress report 8.0.9
1267 extend "worked all Hungarian Counties" progress report to display MARZ codes 8.1.0
1268 provides the option to use HamCall.net as an callbook 8.1.0
1269 Add 'I' to the QSL_Sent item, and add both 'N' and 'I' to the LotW_QSL_Sent and EQSL_QSL_Sent items 8.1.1
1270 when importing an ADIF file with "ADIF Style Options" set to DXBase, recover JCC and JCG info from SPEC1 fields  8.1.1
1271 accept Deleted_Entity in an SQL expression 8.1.1
1272 include the time in backup filenames 8.1.1
1274 when importing an ADIF file with "ADIF Style Options" set to DXBase, interpret <DXBVAL:1>0 to mean that the QSO is invalid for DXCC awards, and set QSL_RCVD to 'I'' 8.1.1
1275 accept a Region Code from SpotCollector 5.0.3 or later when the user activates a spot database entry 8.1.2
1276 extract region and primary codes from DXCC database locations when DXView isn't running 8.1.3
1277 generate a "Worked All Italian Provinces" progress report 8.1.5
1278 when synchronizing QSOs or QSLs with LotW, QSO reported by LotW whose Mode is DATA will be considered to match a logged QSO whose mode "counts" as RTTY for ARRL awards 8.1.6
1279 provide an "Add Unconfirmed to QSL Queue" option to the Main window's Check Progress tab that when enabled causes the VUCC progress report to insert needed but unconfirmed QSOs into the QSL Queue 8.1.7
1280 after a progress report adds QSLs to the QSL Queue, display the number of QSLs added 8.1.8
1281 if "Sync LotW QSLs" confirms a QSO whose QSL_RCVD item is set to 'S', note it in the summary of results 8.1.8
1282 consider LotW confirmations in the WAC progress report 8.1.8
1283 accept default "RST sent & rcvd" of the form X/Y, where X specifies the default report for phone modes, and Y specified the default report for non-phone modes 8.1.9
1284 provide the ability to quickly locate a myQTH ID 8.1.9
1285 when importing a file with the ADIF style set to LOGic, 
  • accept proprietary <LotW_Sent> and <LotW_Rcvd> tags
  • interpret DXCCSUB: in a COMMMENT tag to mean that the QSO has been verified by the DXCC desk
8.2.4
1286 generate Cabrillo for the SAC-CW and SAC-SSB contests 8.2.4
1287 increase the number of allowable myQTHs from 1024 to 4096 8.2.5
1288 deal with change from "USA" to "United States" in the country name returned by the QRZ.com subscription lookups 8.2.7
1289 move the "Missing labels" textbox into the "Process QSLs and Addresses" panel, and moves the "Self-addr envel" panel to the Main window's QSL tab 8.2.7
1290 in the QRZ.com subscriber lookup, format the address based on the new postal DXCC code 8.2.8
1291 re-arrange the Contest panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab so the Contest ID selector can be wider 8.2.8
1292 accommodate changes to QRZ.com XML interface 1.15
  • Canadian callsigns return province in state field
  • use postal country code rather than postal country name to drive address formatting
8.2.8
1293 provide a "Print Self-addressed Envelope" option in the Log Page Display popup menu 8.3.1
1295 improve IOTA support
  • add an IOTA Verified item with values S, V, I, D, and N
  • update the IOTA Progress report to ignore QSOs with deleted IOTA tags (if the IOTA Database is present), ignore QSOs whose IOTA Verified item is set to I, D, or N, and report QSOs as verified whose IOTA Verified item is set to V
8.3.1
1296 add SO-67 to the satellite selector 8.3.4
1299 recognize APP_WRITELOG_PREF when the ADIF Style is set to WRITELOG 8.3.4
1302 enable the Name, QTH, and Address fields to display the full ANSI code set 8.3.5
1303 when performing a callbook lookup, accept an accurate grid square returned by DXView from an override 8.3.7
1304 depressing the CTRL key while clicking the Award Progress Filter panel's Report button on the Realtime Award Tracking window's DXCC tab generates a report showing all entities shown by the specified filter sorted in entity name order 8.3.7
1305 provide an option to make each outgoing QSL card or label request a confirmation by displaying 'please!' or 'pse!' unless the QSO has already been confirmed 8.3.7
1306 accept CQ zone, ITU zone, and Web page URL information from a QRZ.com via Pathfinder callbook lookup 8.3.7
1307 CTRL-CBA doesn't pre-clear items in the current QSO; its updates each item in the current QSO for which the callbook or DXCC database provides information 8.3.7
1308 ADIF 2.2.4 support: update Italian primary administrative subdivisions
  • Add a new entry for FC Forli Cesena
  • Deprecate FO Forli
  • Add a new entry for PU Pesaro e Urbino
  • Deprecate PS Pesaro e Urbino
  • Change entry VB Verbano to VB Verbano Cusio Ossola
  • Change entry PT Piatoia to PT Pistoia
8.3.8
1309 ADIF 2.2.4 support: update Sardinian primary administrative subdivisions
  • Add a new entry for VS Medio Campidano
  • Deprecate MD Media Campidano
8.3.8
1310 ADIF 2.2.4 support: update Belarusian  primary administrative subdivisions
  • Add a new entry for HM Horad Minsk
8.3.8
1311 ADIF 2.2.4 support: define primary administrative subdivisions for Croatia and Ireland 8.3.8
1313 extend "Add Unconfirmed" to the USA-CA progress report 8.4.0
1315 In the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, CTRL-double-clicking the file item will display a file selector window  8.4.1
1316 Add HO-68 to the Satellite selectors 8.4.1
1317 when a Spot Database Entry is activated, place its Tags in the Capture window's Comment box 8.4.1
1318 provides an "Include radio name in QTH ID" option that when enabled, assembles the default QTH ID by appending the Radio Name specified for the currently-selected transceiver in Commander to the specified "root QTH ID" 8.4.1
1319 depressing the CTRL key while clicking the Filter panel's DXCC button displays only QSOs whose DXCC entity prefix matches the DXCC entity prefix specified in the Filter panel textbox 8.4.2
1312 provide a <Capitalized> option for the "Modify QSOs" item's "Item New Value" box  that is replaced by the current contents with its first letter capitalized, and performs the same function when found in a script's Modify command 8.4.3
1320 provide a <Filename> option for the "Modify QSOs" item's "Item New Value" box that if the field being modified is the File field is replaced by the simple filename, and performs the same function when found in a script's Modify command 8.4.3
1321 provide the DDE-accessible cell LookupResults whose contents after a DDE Lookup command are set to the callsign, name, QTH, last QSO date and time, last QSO frequency, last QSO mode, and previous QSO conveyed with ADIF tags 8.4.3
1322 CTRL-S in the filter panel textbox filters the Log Page Display by the SQL Expression in the filter panel textbox 8.4.3
1323 provide the ability to specify the folder in which downloaded eQSL images are stored 8.4.3
1324 when importing a QSO from the Alaska, Hawaii, Unitied States, Asiatic Russia, European Russia, Franz Josef Land, Kaliningrad, or Malyj Vystotski Island that specifies a Secondary subdivision but not a Primary subdivision, attempts to recover the Primary subdivision from the Secondary subdivision 8.4.4
1325 provide a "WPX Bands & Modes" panel that enables the user to specify which WPX prefix-bands and prefix-modes are being pursued, and extend the WPX Progress Report to display the status of pursued bands and modes 8.4.5
1326 expand "Add Unconfirmed" to populate the QSL Queue with unconfirmed QSOs needed to confirm CQ WPX prefixes, prefix-bands, and prefix-modes 8.4.5
1327 extend the WPX Submission report to consider the settings on the  "WPX Bands & Modes" panel 8.4.6
1328 use an "always on top" window to display the number of QSLs added to the QSL Queue by the "Add Unconfirmed" option 8.4.6
1329 include GridSquare in the DDE-accessible cell LookupResults  8.4.6
1330 eliminate the "Add Unconfirmed" option; extend "Add Needed" to populate the QSL Queue with needed QSOs for the Awards specified in the Add Needed panel on the QSL Config window's General tab 8.4.8
1331 make the "Add Needed requests all with same call, Add Needed requests all with same Mgr, Add Needed sets Sent Via to 'B', and Add Needed sets Sent Via to 'D' options work with Awards other than DXCC and WAZ 8.4.9
1332 extend the "DXCC, Challenge, & TopList" panel's QSL Kind Report to operate on a filtered Log Page Display 8.4.9
1335 add 4O, E7, FJ, and KH8S to the DXBase prefix conversion database 8.5.2
1336 double-clicking the underlined label of the selected item on the Main window's Log QSOs tab deselects that item and sets cursor focus in the Filter panel textbox 8.5.4
1337 extends the VUCC report generator to include a satellite report and reports for the bands between 1.25m and light 8.5.4
1338 Add ROS, WINMOR, and WSPR to the default set of MODE (ADIF 2.2.5) 8.5.6
1339 With the "Determine missing items from entity and primary administrative subdivision" option enabled while importing a QSO whose DXCC entity is specified but is not Canada, the US, Alaska, Hawaii, or a US possession, perform a DXCC database lookup and fill in the CQ zone, ITU zone, Continent, and IOTA tag if they are not specified in the imported QSO but can be unambiguously determined from imported callsign. 8.5.7
1340 when performing a DXCC database lookup while importing a QSO, fill in the primary administrative subdivision if it's not specified in the imported QSO but can be unambiguously determined from the imported callsign 8.5.7
1341

in DefaultModes.txt, 

  • change GTOR, JT44, FSK441,ROS, WINMOR, and WSPR to count towards DXCC_RTTY and WAZ_Digital

  • change SSTV to count toward DXCC_Phone

  • adds WPX_Digital to any mode that specifies WAZ_RTTY or WAZ_Digital

8.5.8
1342 placing the mouse cursor in the Freq RX item on the Capture window or on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab should should select the contents of that item 8.5.8
1343 enable Contest-mode to be enabled or disabled from the Capture window 8.5.8
1344 provide a <dx> QSL substitution command 8.6.1
1345 trim the <distance> and <dx> expansions to report distances with accuracy to the nearest mile or kilometer 8.6.2
1345 conveys user-defined item descriptions to WinWarbler 8.6.2
1346 can be directed by another application to display a particular tab of its Config window 8.6.2
1347 In the Main window's "User-defined" panel, reduce the width of the data boxes to permit larger item names 8.6.2
1348 When adding an SWL report to the QSL queue, determine the SWL callsign's DXCC entity so that if the QSL will be conveyed via the buro, the correct buro is identified 8.6.3
1349 includes QSL buro routing in the confirmation line of SWL reports printed on 2-wide labels 8.6.3
1350 expand the correction of US county mis-spellings to include a spelling changes instituted in USA-CA in early 2009, and apply this correction when importing or performing a log update with the Other panel's Subdivision box checked on the Config window's Awards tab 8.6.6
926 provide the option to specify that a QSO has received partial DXCC credit: Entity only, Entity and Band only, and Entity and Mode only 8.6.7
1351 provide a "VUCC vfy" item in the Main window's QSL tab 8.6.8
1352 provide the ability to report discrepancies between log verification status and ARRL DXCC verification status 8.6.9
1353 adds the JT4A, JT4B, JT4C, JT4D, JT4E, JT4F, JT4G, JT65B, and JT65C modes defined in ADIF 2.2.6 8.6.9
1354 provide the ability to specify the frequency precision used in ADIF and tab-delimited files exported from the QSL Queue 8.6.9
1355 if "PC has no internet connection" is enabled on the QSL Config window's LotW tab, the DXCC Verification will prompt the user to obtain a specified web page from an internet-connected PC and place the resulting content in a specified file, from which discrepancies will be reported  8.7.0
1356 provide the ability select the date format used on QSL cards, QSL labels, and in tab-delimited files exported from the QSL Queue or Log Page Display 8.7.0
1357 includes ADIF_VER and PROGRAMVERSION in the header of ADIF files exported from the Main window's "Export QSOs" tab 8.7.1
1358 if Windows reports a "the directory or file cannot be created" error while creating a backup, report this to the user 8.7.3
1359 handle missing address lines from a "QRZ.com via Pathfinder" lookup 8.7.3
1360 update the Primary Subdivision Database in support of changes to Russian subyekts implemented by SRR and in in ADIF 2.2.6 8.7.3
1361 Updates the Secondary Subdivision Databases in support of changes to Russian oblasts and districts implemented in ADIF 2.2.6 and RDA Press release #10 8.7.3
1362 if in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab the TX frequency of a simplex QSO is modified and the cursor is subsequently moved to the RX frequency box in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, the RX frequency is updated to match the TX frequency 8.7.8
1362 extend the Advanced window's Modify command to accept an Item New Value of <compute> when the Item ADIF Field Name is set to STATE and determine each QSO's primary administrative subdivision by extracting it from the secondary administrative subdivision 8.7.9
1363 use preferred new QRZ XML URL: http://xml.qrz.com/xml 8.7.9
1364 typing CTRL 1 through CTRL 9 in an RST Sent or RST Rcvd item sets the signal report to 51 through 59 if the QSO's mode is phone or 519 through 599 if the QSO's mode is not phone 8.8.1
1365 replace "Generate local spot on Capture log" with "Local spot on callsign acquisition" 8.8.2
1366 when the Capture window Spot function is invoked with no grid square specified, the outgoing spot notes will be >G where G is the operator's grid square 8.8.2
1367 generates a progress report for the RSGB Worked ITU Zones award 8.8.3
1368 generate a report that displays information about unique callsigns in the Log Page Display 8.8.5
1369 provide the ability to generate unique callsigns reports from a script 8.8.6
1370 provide the ability to generate Worked All ITU Zones reports from a script 8.8.6
1371 make the operator's grid square, as specified in the current "my QTH" or by the "QTH Latitude" and "QTH Longitude" on the Config window's Defaults tab, accessible to other DXLab applications  8.8.6
1372 when generating a spot note for a spot above 50 mHz that includes grid squares, don't truncate 6-character grid squares to 4 characters  8.8.6
1373 provide an <rstrcvd> QSL substitution command 8.8.7
1374 provide the option to append Special Callsign Tags reported by DXView and SpotCollector to the Comment item 8.8.7
1380 provide an option to include a specified log item in each entry in each line of the QSL Aging report 8.9.2
1381 provide an N3FJP import option that converts a Mode of PH to SSB 8.9.3
1382 provide the option to indicate LotW and eQSL AG membership status via the background color of each entry in the Log Page Display 8.9.3
1383 provide a <myqthid> QSL substitution command 8.9.4
1384 add "WA-State-Salmon-Run" tp the "Contest ID" selector, and reference the State QSO Party template when generating a Cabrillo log for this contest 8.9.4
1385 if the current QSO contains an invalid item, allow a script to be run 8.9.4
1386 provide a "First QSOs" function that sets the Select item of each QSO in your log to Y if it's the chronologically first QSO with its callsign, or to N if the QSO's callsign was already worked in an earlier QSO, and then filters the Log Page Display to show only QSOs whose Select item is set to Y 8.9.4
1387 include deleted PJ2, deleted PJ5, and new PJ DXCC entities in 2010 CQ Marathon 8.9.7
1388 provide a FIX_PJ scripts that corrects the country code and "entity prefix" in QSOs with Bonaire, Curacao, Sint Maarten, and "St Eustatius and Saba" 8.9.9
1389 update the CQ Marathon report driver to reflect permanent country codes for the new PJ DXCC entities 8.9.9
1390 display CQ prefixes and country names rather than ARRL prefixes and country names in CQ Marathon progress and submission reports 8.9.9
1391 update CQ Marathon prefixes and entity names to match 2010 score sheet 8.9.9
1392 report duplicate QSOs found by "Sync LotW QSOs" operation 9.0.1
1393 update the FIX_PJ script to handle QSOs with the deleted "Bonaire, Curacao" and "St. Maarten, Saba, St. Eustatius" entities 9.0.1
1394 update the FIX_MISC script to include the contents of the FIX_PG script 9.0.1
1395 double-clicking Power item in the QSO panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab sets the default transmit power 9.0.2
1396 provide a "Default Transmit power by mode" option on the Config window's Defaults tab 9.0.3
1397 add a SWISSLOG entry to the "ADIF Style options" panel on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab that enables the acceptance and correction of standard and non-standard tags in ADIF files generated by SWISSLOG 9.0.4
1398 identify non-unique addresses in the Address Report to make it clear which QSLs can share an envelope 9.0.5
1399 make the QSL Message visible in the QSL Queue 9.0.5
1400 rename the "Address Editor" window the "QSL Editor" window, and enable it to select, enter, or edit the QSL Message 9.0.5
1401 provide "Update LotW membership" and "Update eQSL AG membership" options on the Main window's Import tab 9.0.6
1402 the "QSL Editor" window should permit the QSL Message to be chosen from among the defaults specified on the "QSL Config" window's "QSL Msgs" tab 9.0.6
1403 provides and <band> and <mode> QSL substitution commands 9.0.6
1404 add a QSL# item to the QSL panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab 9.0.8
1405 if a QSL Queue entry does not specify an address, don't highlight it in red font if the "QSL Via" panel is set to LotW or eQSL 9.0.8
1405 when importing QSOs with the ADIF Style set to SWISSLOG, 
  • import the contents of the P_SUB_REGION tag into the QSO's Region item
  • import the contents of the L_QSL_CARDNR tag into the QSO's QSLNumber item
9.0.8
1406 when creating a DXCC Planning Report, include the QSL# for QSOs that specify one 9.1.0
860 when creating a DXCC Card Record Sheet, place QSOs with the same QSL# at the end of the Record Sheet 9.1.0
1407 center the display of progress information in the Realtime Award Tracking window 9.1.1
1408 left-justify the display of prefixes in the Realtime Award Tracking window' DXCC tab 9.1.2
1409 when the Log Page Display is sorted by QSO Unique number, default to displaying the most recently-created QSOs 9.1.4
1410 provide the ability to reset the unique QSO numbers assigned to each of a log's QSOs 9.1.4
1411 disabling the "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" option sorts the Log Page Display in ascending order of Unique QSO number 9.1.4
1412 provide the option of specifying a single band or mode for the Marathon Progress or Submission report 9.1.5
1413 provide the option to substitute the specified default transmit power when importing a QSO that doesn't specify transmit power 9.1.6
1415 provide the option to display panels on the Main window's Log QSOs tab in two columns 9.1.9
1417 don't include the entity prefix in a DXCC card record record sheet 9.2.2
1418 provide Realtime Award Tracking for the CQ Marathon award 9.2.4
1419 in the Export operation, provide a Cancel option when asking the user whether or not to append or replace the contents of an existing file 9.2.4
1420 always count LotW confirmations in the VUCC Progress and Submission reports 9.2.4
1421 when processing QSOs or QSLs reported by LotW, consider PHONE to match any mode that counts for DXCC PHONE 9.2.4
1422 display the callsign for which realtime progress is being displayed in the Realtime Award Progress window's title bar 9.2.4
1423 accepts a command from other applications to display realtime progress 9.2.4
1424 if the DXCC filter is invoked when the Filter Textbox contains a hyphen, the log page display will be filtered by DXCC prefix, as if the user invoked CTRL-DXCC 9.2.8
1425 remove leading and trailing spaces when importing a tab-delimited file 9.2.8
1426 when importing a tab-delimited file, tolerate a line containing nothing but tabs 9.2.8
1427 renames the Verification button in the "DXCC, Challenge, & TopList" panel on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab to Compare 9.2.9
1428 provide a "Display File" option in the Log Page Display's "right-mouse" menu that is enabled if the selected QSO specifies a file in the Details panel's File item 9.3.0
1429 provide a "Display Eqsl" option in the Log Page Display's "right-mouse" menu that is enabled if the selected QSO is confirmed via eQSL.cc and specifies a valid date, and if the "QSL Setup" window's eQSL tab specifies a username and password 9.3.0
1430 expand the Marathon Progress Report header to show unworked and total countries and zones 9.3.0
1431 specify the current "station location" in the Main window's "Upload to LotW" right-click menu 9.3.0
1432 add support for Club Log interoperation
  • add a Club Log item to each QSO whose values are blank  (not uploaded to Club Log), 'Y' (uploaded to Club Log) and 'M' (uploaded to Club Log but subsequently modified)

  • provide the ability to upload all QSOs in the Log Page Display whose Club Log item is not 'Y'

  • provide the ability to upload all QSOs in the Log Page Display

  • provide the ability to upload a single QSO to Club Log

  • provide the option to automatically upload to Club Log a QSO logged in the Capture window, the Main window's Log QSO tab, or in response a "log QSO" directive received from another application (but not when importing QSOs) 

  • provide the ability to display the Clug Log home page

9.3.0
1433 add a CreditOnly item to each logged QSO 9.3.0
1434 while populating the QSL Queue with the "Add Requested" or "Add All" function and the "QSL Via" panel set to LotW, inform the user if at least one QSO isn't added to the QSL Queue because its station callsign doesn't match the callsign specified in the "Imit Add and Sync operations to this station callsign" box on the Conifiguration window's LotW tab 9.3.0
1435 provide a retry mechanism for Club Log batch uploads 9.3.1
1436 provide a DXCC Update function 9.3.1
1437 provide a retry mechanism for Club Log single QSO uploads 9.3.2
1438 provide a "DXCC Credit Update" function on the Config window's Awards tab that provides options that

- determines whether the DXCC Credit Update function reports changes that should be made, or both reports and implements those changes

- specifies the action to take if DXKeeper cannot determine whether a QSO's QSL_RCVD or LotW_QSL_RCVD item should be set to 'V"

- specifies whether logged QSOs that match a DXCC credit's callsign, DXCC entity, band, and mode -- but not it's date -- should be updated

9.3.2
1439 on the "QSL Config" window's LotW tab, replaces the "Set outgoing card/label QSL? to "thanks!" option with a "Consider LotW confirmations in outgoing card/label QSL? "please!/thanks!" decisions" option 9.3.2
1440 if DXKeeper offers a log backup before an operation and the backup fails, don't initiate the operation 9.3.4
1441 update DXCC Compare's driver file to reflect changes made to the DXCC Award Credit Matrix 9.3.6
1443 handle LotW mode-mapping implemented in Config.xml version 1.18 9.3.8
1445 compensate for &nbsp => &nbsp; in ARRL DXCC credit report 9.4.0
1446 populate printer size selectors with sizes supported by selected printer 9.4.1
1447 when the "ADIF style options" panel is set to "TurboLog v3, v4", interpret <TL4_QSL_ACCEPTED:1>Y to mean "verified - DXCC Credit Granted", and set the QSO's QSL_RCVD item to V 9.4.2
1448 clearing the Capture window selects the last QSO in the Log Page Display 9.4.3
1449 when performing a QRZ.com callbook lookup for a country other than United States or Canada, if the result includes a "zip code" and the returned zip code does not appear in the returned address, append the returned zip code to the address. 9.4.5
1450 provide a separate media selector for labels 9.4.5
1451 recognize and report the error code generated when downloading a file from a URL fails because the destination file already exists and is read-only 9.4.7
1452 make "Microsoft Sans Serif" the default font if available; otherwise, use "MS Sans Serif" 9.4.7
1453 provide the option to use the alternative ClubLog file upload interface on port 8080 9.4.9
145 allow inclusion of an image on printed QSL cards 9.5.0
1454 allow specification of the colors used to render a QSL card's grid heading text, grid data text, and grid lines 9.5.0
1455 in the QSL card grid, provide a line across the top of the header row, and thicken the line between the header row and first data row  9.5.1
1456 provides the option to display the Callsign on a QSL card below the last row of Upper Text 9.5.1
1457 improves the layout of the QSL Configuration window's "QSL Card" tab 9.5.2
1458 in the Filter panel textbox on the Main window's Log QSOs tab, interpret
  • Ctrl-Alt-B to mean "confirm QSO, and set it's "QSL Rcvd Via" to B (bureau)
  • Ctrl-Alt-D to mean "confirm QSO, and set it's "QSL Rcvd Via" to D (direct)
9.5.4
1459 when "Prompt the user to specify a file containing the already-downloaded contents of an eQSL.cc Inbox when a Sync eQSL.cc QSLs operation is performed" is enabled and the user invokes the "sync eQSL.cc QSLs" function, prompt the user to specify the "most recent synchronization date" 9.5.4
1460 provide a custom Cabrillo template for the Florida QSO Party 9.5.4
1461 provide the required API Key when uploading to ClubLog 9.5.5
1462 increase the speed of ClubLog upload pre-processing and post-processing 9.5.5
1463 add an APP_DXKEEPER_ClubLogDate item 9.5.5
1464 highlight LotW and eQSL AG members in QSL Queue entries using background color  9.5.5
1466 import text files exported by HamLog 9.5.8
1467 when logging a QSO in the Capture window or the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with a Grid item specifying a valid two-character Maidenhead Field, append 00aa so a valid grid square will be logged 9.5.8
1468 provide the option to upload to ClubLog in smaller chunks when using slow internet access 9.6.0
1469 update Subdivision Database to reflect deleted Japanese Cities and Guns 9.6.1
1470 include Tokyo's 23 wards in the JCC progress report 9.6.1
1471 provide ability to filter the log page display to show all QSOs not confirmed via LotW with stations that have subsequently uploaded to LotW 9.6.2
1472 provide a "maximum age of most recent LotW upload to be considered 'active' setting 9.6.2
1473 on the Main window's "Export QSOs" tab, provide an "Update eQSL Sent" function that is enabled when the Options panel is set to "Export ADIF for eQSL.cc" 9.6.3
1474 provide an Export script command that can be used to export QSOs from the Log Page Display in ADIF, tab-delimited, or Cabrillo format 9.6.3
1475 if the Subdivision box is checked in the Other panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab, then when performing a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation report any confirmation with a station in the US, Hawaii, or Alaska that does not specify a valid US state  9.6.5
1476 provide a new VUCC box in the Other panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab; if this box is checked, then when performing a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation, report any 6m or 2m confirmation that does not specify a valid gridsquare  9.6.5
1477 on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, add a new Cfm item to the "Online QSL" panel's LotW sub-panel that contains a G if its LotW confirmation specifies a grid square and that contains an S if its LotW confirmation specifies a primary administrative subdivision (e.g. US State) 9.6.7
1478 the VUCC progress report places an NG (for "No Grid") in the LotW status of a QSO whose LotW confirmation does not specify a grid 9.6.7
1479 the WAS progress report places an NS (for "No State") in the LotW status of a QSO whose LotW confirmation does not specify a Primary Administrative Subdivision 9.6.7
1480 add an "Update from LotW" option to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu 9.6.7
1481 respond to a wheeled mouse movement in the Capture window by directing Commander (version 9.3.2 or later) to give focus to its Bandspread window 9.6.7
1482 adds grid2, grid3, and grid4 items to each QSO, making them visible in the Award panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab when the Other panel's VUCC box is checked on the Configuration window's Awards tab 9.6.7
1483 when performing a Sync LotW QSLs operation, 
  • inserts a G into a QSO's LotW confirmation if the QSO's grid item matches a grid specified in the LotW confirmation
  • inserts a 2 into a QSO's LotW confirmation if the QSO's grid2 item matches a grid specified in the LotW confirmation
  • inserts a 3 into a QSO's LotW confirmation if the QSO's grid3 item matches a grid specified in the LotW confirmation
  • inserts a 4 into a QSO's LotW confirmation if the QSO's grid4 item matches a grid specified in the LotW confirmation
  • reports any grid specified in the LotW confirmation that does not match a grid specified in the logged QSO
  • reports any grid specified in the logged QSO that is not confirmed by a grid in the LotW confirmation
9.6.7
1484 extend the VUCC progress and submission reports to handle up to four grids per QSO 9.6.7
1485 provide tooltips for Log Page Display columns 9.6.7
1486 add AppendReport, Delete, and Display script commands 9.6.7
1487 add a DXCCCreditNumber item to each QSO for future use 9.6.7
1488 update the Marathon Driver file to reflect CQ's choice of ST0 as the prefix for Southern Sudan 9.7.0
1489 responds to a middle mouse button click in the Capture window's Call box of TX Freq box by directing Commander (version 9.3.2 or later) to give focus to its Bandspread window 9.7.1
1490 provide the ability to download DXCC credits from the ARRL, analyze them, and link them to logged QSOs 9.7.2
1491 use "missing" in VUCC and WAS reports instead of "NG" and "NS" respectively 9.7.2
1493 include ADDRESS in the ADIF record exported from the QSL Queue 9.7.2
1494 provide the option to not save non-callsign 'QSL Via' items to ADIF or tab-delimited files 9.7.2
1495 provide an option that enables the creation of credit-only QSOs 9.7.3
1496 provide the ability to generate a printable report containing DXCC Credits in the "DXCC Credit Display" 9.7.4
1497 improve Analyze and AutoLink reporting of DXCC Credits that don't exactly match any logged QSO 9.7.4
1497 provide a new <ReportsFolder> script substitution command that is replaced by the pathname of DXKeeper's Reports folder, and update sample scripts MultiWAS.txt, TriplePlay.txt, FFMA.txt, TriplePlay2008.txt, TriplePlay2009.txt, 2007 Results.txt 9.7.5
1498 include Log Filter in generated VUCC reports 9.7.5
1499 when performing a previous-QSO lookup, make user-defined item information harvested from previous QSOs available to other applications 9.7.5
1503 provide the option of pursuing the 5 Band WAZ award, ignoring QSOs on 80m, 40m, 20m, 15m, and 10m that are were made before 1979-01-01 in the "by-band" sections of the WAZ Progress Report 9.7.6
1504 add Cabrillo support for the LZ DX contest 9.7.7
1505 provide a WAZ summary report 9.7.7
1506 when updating a US QSO from LotW, update its "LotW Cfm" item with LotW State confirmation status whether or not the Subdivision box is checked on the Configuration window's Awards tab 9.7.9
1507 if "Record import errors in error file" is enabled and one or more import errors are detected, display the error file when the import operation is complete 9.7.9
1508 handle new "invalid session key" response from QRZ.com's XML interface 9.7.9
1509 provide the option to check overrides when importing 9.7.9
1510 support conveying QSLs via Electronic File Transfer
  • on the Main window's QSL tab, provide an "Include QSLs to be sent via Electronic File Transfer" option
  • on the "QSL Configuration" window's General tab, provide an "Add Needed sets Sent Via to 'E' (for EFT) option
  • on the "QSL Configuration" window's General tab, provide an "Add Requested sets Sent Via to 'E' (for EFT) option
  • add EFT to the "QSL Editor" window's "Sent Via" selector
  • add EFT to the selectors in the QSL Queue's "Sent Via" column 
9.8.1
1512 On the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, ALT-CBA should not report callsigns for which a callbook lookup fails if the "Warn when callsign lookups fail" option is disabled 9.8.3
1513 Provides access to the HamQTH online callbook 9.8.3
1495 define a <satconfirm> QSL substitution command that for a satellite QSO expands to 

via Satellite (Satname)

9.8.5
1516 modify ClubLog upload to work with new Clublog server 9.8.7
1517 When clicked without the CTRL key being depressed, the Club Log upload button will only upload all QSOs whose "Club Log" status is not set to 'Y' and whose "station callsign" item matches the Callsign specifies in the "Club Log" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab 9.8.8
1518 enable navigation of the Realtime Award Tracking window's Marathon Award Progress tables by clicking an entry and then typing a number or letter 9.8.9
1519 enable navigation of the Realtime Award Tracking window's WAZ Award Progress tables by clicking an entry and then typing a number 9.8.9
1520 provide a "Hide unworked entities in progress report" option on in the "DXCC Bands & Modes" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab 9.8.9
1521 support Cabrillo generation for RAC contests 9.8.9
1522 supports a new AppendText script command 9.8.9
1523 with no DXCC entity specified, performing a callbook lookup using a callbook that specifies a DXCC entity should set the DXCC entity 9.9.0
1524 when performing a callbook lookup for another application, include the "QSL Manager" in the results 9.9.0
1525 provide an RefineFilter script command that applies the specified filter to a filtered Log Page Display 9.9.0
1526 if an import operation can't be started, leave the Import tab's Start button enabled and explain to the user why an import operation can't be started if he or she tries to start one 9.9.1
1527 a generated Marathon Progress Report or Submission should only consider QSOs in the Log Page Display, and should leave the Log Page Display Filter unchanged 9.9.2
1528 enable the Report script command to generate a Marathon Progress Report for the current year 9.9.2
1529 generate a Cabrillo log for the UK DX RTTY contest 9.9.2
1530 if a QSO specifies an invalid grid square, latitude, or longitude, flash its label in blue font 9.9.4
1531 if a QSO specifies a valid latitude and a valid longitude but does not specify a grid square, flash the grid square label in blue font 9.9.4
1532 if a QSO specifies a valid grid square but not a latitude and longitude, flash the latitude and longitude labels in blue font 9.9.4
1533 when the Modify command is used to alter the Grid or AntPath items of a group of QSOs, automatically update the Latitude, Longitude, and Distance items of those QSOs 9.9.4
1534 when the Modify command is used to alter the Latitude, Longitude or AntPath items of a group of QSOs, automatically update the Grid and Distance items of those QSOs 9.9.4
1535 provide the option to include LotW confirmations in CQ DX, CQ Fields, CQ WPX, and Maidenhead Grids award progress 9.9.4
1536 extend the Recompute operation to
  • replace a QSO's missing or invalid gridsquare item from by computing it from its latitude and longitude items
  • replace a QSO's missing or invalid latitude and longitude items from by computing then from its gridsquare item
  • flag a QSO with an uncorrectable invalid gridsquare as broken
  • flag a QSO with an uncorrectable invalid latitude or longitude as broken
9.9.5
1537 setting font used in the Log Panels on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab also sets the fonts used in the Address Editor and QSL Editor 9.9.6
1538 extend the DXCC Credit Manager's Download function to update credits to which the ARRL has assigned a new credit number, and to update each logged QSOs linked to such a credit to reflect the new credit number 9.9.7
1539 generate an IOTA submission report 9.9.8
1540 include each QSO's QSL# in the IOTA submission report 9.9.9
1541 include each QSO's QSL# in the VUCC submission report 9.9.9
1542 include each QSO's QSL# in the WPX submission report 9.9.9
1544 update for Marathon 2012 submission rules (band instead of frequency, DIGITAL) 10.0.3
1547 change the "new installation" default 
  • for "Require Edit to modify logged QSOs" to enabled
  • for "Log QSOs Tab's Default Focus" to "Filter textbox
10.0.4
1548 report and ignore any station location that begins with one or more blank characters 10.0.4
1549 provide the ability to export an ADIF file containing a card submission for Online DXCC 10.0.4
1550 striking CTRL-ALT E in the Filter panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab
  • sets the current QSO's QSL received  item to Y (yes)

  • sets the current QSO's QSL date received item to the current UTC date

  • if an outgoing QSL card was not previously sent, sets the current QSO's QSL sent  item to "R" (requested)

  • set current QSO's QSL rcvd via to E (electronic)

10.0.4
1551 provide the ability to generate and manage separate DXCC submissions from QSOs confirmed by QSL cards and LotW confirmations 10.0.5
1552 removed Malyj Vysotskij Island from the WAE progress report in conformance with a decision by the Worked All Europe committee 10.0.6
1553 add statistics for the 160 through 6 meter bands to the "ARRL-verified Honor Roll Countries" section of the DXCC progress report 10.0.6
1554 add QSO statistics to the "QSL Stats" function 10.0.6
1555 provide a DXCC QRP option 10.0.9
1515 change "RTTY" to "Digi" in ARRL progress displays and progress reports 10.1.1
1556 reduce the width of the Prefecture column in JARL progress reports 10.1.1
1557 replace <filtertextboxdxccid> with the ARRL Country Code of the callsign or callsign fragment specified in the Filter panel textbox 10.1.2
1558 support new URL used by eQSL image download 10.1.2
1559 extend the Submission window to support IOTA as well as DXCC submissions 10.1.2
1560 add a ModifyWithoutBackup script command 10.1.3
1561 If the Main window's "Import QSOs" panel's "Deduce missing items from the entity, primary subdivisions, and DXCC database" or "Query callbook and DXCC database for missing items" options are enabled and a QSO imported from a file or another application doesn't specify a Region item, deduce and import the Region item if possible 10.1.4
1562 preserve the "Export QSOs" tab's "export callsigns with leading !" setting between operating sessions 10.1.4
1563 when importing QSOs with the Duplicate Checking enabled, consider QSOs whose callsigns begin with ! 10.1.4
1564 when requesting confirmation for deleting a single QSO, display the callsign of the QSO in question 10.1.5
1566 in a Modify or ModifyWithoutBackup script command, replace <today> in the specified "new value" with the current UTC date in YYYY-MM-DD format 10.1.7
1567 provide a CTRL-Q keyboard shortcut in the Capture window that clears all Capture window fields, and places the cursor in the Call field without clearing the Log Page Display filter or scrolling the Log Page Display 10.1.9
1568 prevent focus from shift to the Main window and back when the Capture window is cleared 10.2.0
1569 if the selected printer does not support the selected print quality, choose the highest print quality available 10.2.2
1570 depressing the ALT key while initiating a CQ DX Marathon Progress Report verifies the entry for each CQ country by performing a callbook lookup, and verifies the entry for each CQ zone by performing a callbook lookup and, if the callbook lookup fails, a DXView lookup 10.2.2
1571 when assembling an LotW-only DXCC submission, search the log in ascending chronological order of LotW confirmation date so the generated submission has maximum commonality with LotW's proposed submission, minimizing the manual effort involved in changing LotW's proposed submission to match DXKeeper's 10.2.4
1572 CTRL-G in the Capture window logs the QSO  and clears the Capture window 10.2.4
1573 CTRL-G in panels in the Main window's Log QSOs tab saves the current QSO 10.2.4
1574 CTRL-G  and CTRL-L in the Filter panel textbox in the Main window's Log QSOs tab saves the current QSO 10.2.4
1575 CTRL-J in the Filter panel textbox in the Main window's Log QSOs tab saves the current QSO and creates a new QSO record (equivalent to clicking the New button) 10.2.4
1576 limit the generation of a DXCC submission to "Card-only" and "LotW-only" since these different search orders 10.2.5
1577 when syncing LotW QSLs, ignore an LotW-specified US county whose state does not match the QSO's US state 10.2.8
1048 provide the option to consider LotW confirmations when generating WAZ progress, subsmission, and summary reports 10.2.9
1579 includes QSOs confirmed by LotW in the WPX progress and submission reports 10.3.0
1579 include QSOs confirmed via LotW or via Authenticity-guaranteed members of eQSL in the WAE progress report 10.3.0
1580 includes by card, by eQSL AG, and by LotW subtotals in WPX progress and submission reports 10.3.1
1581 if internet access is available, depressing the CTRL key while clicking  one of the Main window's Help buttons displays an an appropriate article in "Getting Started with DXLab"  10.3.2
1582 extends the WAE progress report to display and compute Band Points 10.3.2
1583 report duplicate QSOs encountered when performing a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation 10.3.4
1584 add a "Verified" column to the WAZ Progress Report 10.3.4
1585 import the contents of APP_N1MM_HQ into the "rx info" item 10.3.5
1599 add a "WAE 2 point low-band QSOs" option to the Other panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab 10.3.5
1600 display the station callsign specified in the currently-selected LotW station location on the "QSL Configuration" window's LotW tab, and - if the "QSL Via" panel is set to LotW - on the Main window's QSL tab 10.3.5
1601 when populating the QSL Queue with the "QSL Via" panel set to LotW, do not add to the QSL Queue any QSO whose station callsign does not match the station callsign specified in the currently-selected LotW station location 10.3.5
1602 when the "Upload to LotW" menu item is invoked, do not upload any QSO whose station callsign does not match the station callsign specified in the currently-selected LotW station location 10.3.5
1605 when downloading an image from eQSL, use the "suffix" from the URL provided by eQSL when creating the local image file 10.3.5
1606 if Retain eQSL images is enabled, when you click the eQSL Display button, DXKeeper will check for an already-downloaded .jpg file and display its contents if present; if no .jpg issue is found, DXKeeper will check for an already-downloaded .png file and display its contents if present. 10.3.5
1607 when performing a QRZ.com callbook lookup via XML Data or Pathfinder 4.8.5 or later, ignores grid squares, latitudes, and longitudes unless QRZ indicates that this information was entered by the user, computed from information entered by the user, or -- if the new "Ignore geocoded grid squares" option is not enabled -- derived from USA Geocoding data 10.3.5
1608 add "QSL Sent Via" to all IOTA reports 10.3.5
1609 expand the number of LotW station locations from 1000 to 4000 10.3.8
1610 update "DXCC Compare" driver to handle new Niue prefix 10.3.9
1611 provide an updated FIX_USSR script that properly identify R1AN* calls between 1994 and 2012 10.3.9
1612 provide an updated FIX_EU script that identifies T9 between 1993 and 2010 as E7 10.3.9
1613 provide an updated FIX_MISC script that i Identify ZK2 between 1983 and 2012 as E6 10.3.9
1614 correctly extract the city from the second line of a callbook address of the form NNNN,City 10.4.1
1615 expand the "Capture window F-keys via WW" option to forward function key invocations in the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab 10.4.1
1616 extend the "Update from LotW" function to update a logged QSO to indicate its acceptance by LotW if its not yet been confirmed 10.4.2
1617 add ISCAT and V4 to the default set of supported modes 10.4.4
1618 update the Secondary Administrative Subdivision for European Russia's City of Moscow and Moscowskaya oblasts
  • added MA-11 NOVOMOSKOVSKY
  • added MA-12 TROITSKY
  • changed MO-47 TROITSK to "deleted"
  • changed MO-53 SHCHERBINKA to "deleted
10.4.4
1619 provide a user-modifiable list of valid Satellite names 10.4.7
1620 when populating the QSL Queue with the "QSL Via" panel set to LotW, do not add to the QSL Queue any QSO whose propagation mode item is set to SAT but that does not specify a satellite name 10.4.7
1621 saving a QSO whose propagation mode item is SAT but whose satellite name is unspecified, or a QSO whose satellite name item is specified but whose propagation mode item is not SAT will flash the Propagation panel's mode and Satellite name item labels in blue font 10.4.7
1622 when the "Upload to LotW" menu item is invoked, do not upload any QSO whose propagation mode item is set to SAT but that does not specify a satellite name 10.4.8
1633 extend the Broke filter to display QSOs that specify a Propagation Mode of SAT,  but do not specify a Satellite name 10.4.8
1634 extend the Recompute function to flag QSOs that specify a Propagation Mode of SAT,  but do not specify a Satellite name 10.4.8
1635 store the "Club Log Auto upload" setting in each log file, rather than in the Windows Registry 10.4.9
1636 when DXView is not running, DXKeeper's DXCC database lookup operation should check the LotW and eQSL membership of callsigns that contain one or two slash characters 10.5.0
1637 when populating the QSL Queue with the "QSL Via" panel set to LotW, do not add to the QSL Queue any QSO whose that specifies a satellite name but whose propagation mode is not set to SAT 10.5.0
1501 when Add Needed adds a QSO to the QSL Queue, set the QSO's Select item to 'Y' 10.5.1
1638 when a new callsign is specified in the Capture window or the Main window's Log QSOs tab with "Display Previous QSOs on Lookup", optionally display a scrollable Comment window containing all of the comments extracted from QSOs with the same base callsign, each preceded by the QSO's start time and terminated by the QSO's callsign 10.5.2
1639 when importing an ADIF file with "ADIF style options" set to WinLog32, <QSL_SENT:1>N will clear the imported QSO's QSL_SENT item 10.5.2
1640 update the URL used to access QRZ's XML data service 10.5.2
1641 update the file that drives the DXCC Compare function for consistency with changes made to the ARRL's online Award Credit Matrix 10.5.5
1642 update the FFMA.txt script to include EN92 10.5.6
1643 display errors that prevent the uploading of QSOs to LotW 10.5.7
1644 decouple "invalid for DXCC" from "invalid for WAZ and Marathon"
  • a QSO's "QSL_RCVD" being set to 'I' does not invalidate it for CQ WAZ or Marathon
  • a QSO's "WAZ_VFY" being set to "I' invalidates it for CQ WAZ and Marathon
10.5.9
1645 provide <PHONEMODES>, <DXCCDIGIMODES>, <PSKMODES>, <WAZDIGIMODES>, and <WPXDIGIMODES> SQL abbreviations 10.6.1
1646 a QSO's "QSL_RCVD" being set to 'I' with no Region specified is invalid for CQ Marathon country credit 10.6.1
1647 update WAZ Progress and Summary reports for consistency with enhancements 1644 and 1646 10.6.2
1648 update Marathon Progress and Submission reports for consistency with enhancements 1644 and 1646 10.6.2
1649 change the TX_PWR item from an integer to a number, and provide the ability to specify the precision used in the Log Page Display from 0 to 6 decimal digits 10.6.6
1651 add new Canadian ARRL sections GTA, ONE, ONN, and ONS 10.6.7
1652 accept the CTRL-ALT-B, CTRL-ALT-C, CTRL-ALT-D, and CTRL-ALT-E shortcuts with the mouse cursor in any QSO item on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab 10.6.8
1653 provide the ability to download eQSL.cc images for all QSOs in the Log Page Display confirmed via eQSL.cc 10.6.8
1654 Canadian ARRL Section ON is not valid for for new QSOs 10.6.8
1655 when performing a "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation,  consider modes JT65, JT65A, JT65B, and JT65C to be equivalent modes  10.6.8
1656 terminate a script if an error is encountered while executing a Filter or Modify command, or when an invalid command is encountered 10.6.9
1657 import the contents of APP_N1MM_EXCHANGE into the "rx info" item 10.6.9
1658 when performing a "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation,  consider modes JT9 and JT9-X to be identical for matching purposes 10.7.1
1660 when computing Marathon realtime award progress, include QSOs whose TX Power is 0 10.7.3
1661 when exporting a Cabrillo log with the EPC template, expand the SRX field width from 7 to 8, and zero-fill any EPC number to 5 digits (e.g. EPC1234 is exported as EPC01234) 10.7.4
1662 when exporting a Cabrillo log with the EPC template, expand the TX exchange field width from 7 to 8 10.7.5
1663 support NT as the abbreviation  for the Northern Territories ARRL section and deprecate NTS 10.7.5
1664 extend the DefaultModes.txt file 10.7.6
1665 include the QSL_SENT_VIA, STATION_CALLSIGN, and APP_DXKEEPER_DXCCPREFIX items in ADIF and TDF files generated from the QSL Queue 10.7.9
1666 replace APP_DXKEEPER_DXCCPREFIX items in ADIF and TDF files generated from the QSL Queue with APP_DXKEEPER_DESTINATION_PREFIX 10.8.0
1597 provide QSL substitution commands for user-defined items 10.8.1
1669 when "Add Needed" populates the QSL Queue for DXCC awards, first seek QSOs whose band and mode are both needed before seeking QSOs whose band or mode are needed 10.8.2
1670 increase the performance of the Duplicate Checking when importing QSOs 10.8.2
1671 add a "Duplicate QSOs" filter to the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window 10.8.2
1672 if an upload to LotW produces "service failure" response from the LotW server, display the error message returned by the server 10.8.4
1674 add UK-DX-BPSK63 to the contest selector and provide Cabrillo generation 10.8.7
1675 at the conclusion of a "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" operation, create and display a file containing SWL reports 10.8.7
1592 adds a "Delete from ClubLog" option to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu 10.8.8
1677 provide Cabrillo generation for the CA QSO Party contest 10.8.9
1679 provide Cabrillo generation for the CQ-160-CW and CQ-160-SSB contests 10.9.2
1681 with "Display Previous Comments on Lookup" enabled, close the Comments window if a callsign is selected with which there are no logged QSOs or with which there are no comments in logged QSOs 10.9.3
1682 set Select to 'Y' in each QSO identified by the "Card Aging" function 10.9.5
1683 adds QSY and Spot commands to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu 10.9.6
1684 adds JT9 and Opera to the standard Mode definition file 10.9.6
1685 add new CONTEST_ID members added to ADIF 3.0.3 10.9.6
1686 support 2013 Marathon submission spreadsheet 10.9.6
1687 include DXCC Challenge statistics in the DXCC Progress Report 10.9.6
1688 detect when TQSL cancels signing of duplicate QSOs; if this occurs when executing a right-click "Upload to LotW" operation, clear the QSL Queue" 10.9.6
1689 provide the option to pursue CQ DX Marathon awards without pursuing Mixed Marathon 10.9.7
1690 correctly position Kosovo in the generated CQ DX Marathon progress report and submission spreadsheet 10.9.7
1692 double-clicking a populated email item in the Details panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab invokes the local email client 10.9.8
1693 when TQSL version 1.14 or later is selected, prevents the uploading of any batch of QSOs containing one or more QSOs already uploaded to LotW unless the new "Permit uploading of QSOs already uploaded to LotW" option is enabled on the "QSL Configuration" window's LotW tab 10.9.8
1694 accept email address when callbook is "QRZ.com via Pathfinder" (requires PF 4.9.2 or later) 10.9.9
1695 parse status from TQSL 1.14 RC5 and later 10.9.9
1696 provides an "Update from LotW" function that directs LotW to report the acceptance and confirmation status of each QSO in the Log Page Display and updates these QSOs accordingly 11.0.0
1697 extract completion codes from TQSL 1.14 RC5 and later 11.0.1
1698 if TQSL 1.14 RC5 or later is present and the "PC has no internet connection" option is disabled, direct TQSL to upload signed QSOs to LotW so that these QSOs won't be considered "already uploaded" if LotW is down or inaccessible 11.0.1
1699 Handle TQSL 1.14 RC6 "internet down or LotW unreachable" error response 11.0.1
1700 include updated DOK award definition file 11.0.1
1701 counts eQSL and LotW confirmations in the RDA award progress and submission reports 11.0.1
1702 includes color swatches for Log Page Display background colors in the Key on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab 11.0.1
1704 update TQSL 1.14 error explanations 11.0.2
1705 support printing QSL cards 1-up, center-aligned 11.0.2
1706 when updating logged QSOs from the QSL Queue, include the band and mode in the search criteria so that QSOs made with the same callsign at the exact same time can be updated if they were made on different bands or different modes 11.0.3
1707 support new LotW Server URL 11.0.4
1709 when performing an LotW Update operation, set the seconds in the query's start time to 00, as LotW does 11.0.6
1710 when importing an ADIF file with the "ADIF Style Options" panel set to DX4WIN,
  • extract an RX frequency present in the NOTES tag into the QSO's "RX Freq" item
  • don't attempt to extract a Name and QTH from the NOTES tag unless no NAME or QTH tag are specified, and then only if the NOTES are in the form 
    • Name in QTH

    • Name | QTH

11.0.6
1711 provide separated "DX4WIN v7" and "DX4WIN v8" "ADIF Style Options", and only extract Name and QTH from NOTES if "ADIF Style Options" is set to "DX4WIN v7" 11.0.7
1712 add 5 new Japanese Kuo to the secondary subdivision database
430101 Chuo
430102 Higashi
430103 Nishi
430104 Minami
430105 Kita
11.0.8
1713 The plot function should consider a QSO's grid square confirmed if its "LotW QSL Rcvd" item is set to 'Y', 'S', or 'V' and its "LotW cfm" item contains a G. 11.0.8
1714 automatically re-register mswinsck.ocx if it has been de-registered 11.0.9
1716 provide the option to save an ADIF file from the QSL queue that compensates for Global QSL's lack of ADIF compliance 11.1.0
1717 provide the option to save an ADIF file from the QSL Queue whose records have their QSL_RCVD tag set to 'Y' independent of the QSO's QSL_RCVD item 11.1.0
1718 check the callsign returned by the QRZ XML callbook; if it doesn't match the requested callsign, return "not found" 11.1.1
1719 in the TQSL panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's LotW tab, display the full TQSL version number  11.1.2
1720 if the Marathon Progress or Submission report is initiated with the Log Page Display filtered, inform the user and provide the opportunity to clear the filter before generating the report 11.1.2
1721 considers a QSO's callsign to be an LotW Member if that callsign has uploaded QSOs to LotW after the QSO began 11.1.2
1722 CTRL-P in the Capture window or in panels on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with no DXCC prefix selected performs a lookup operation and then logs the QSO 11.1.2
1723 provide the option of handling LotW QSL detail inconsistencies by including them in the report displayed when the "Sync LotW QSLs" or "Update from LotW" operation completes 11.1.2
1724 expand latitude and longitude items to display seconds as well as degrees and minutes 11.1.3
1725 provide <latitudewsecs> and <longitudewsecs> QSL substitution commands that are replaced by the latitude and longitude in degree, minute, and second notation 11.1.3
1726 CTRL-ALT-F in the Filter panel textbox sets QSL_RCVD to 'Y' and sets the "QSL Rcvd Date" to today without setting QSL_SENT to 'R' 11.1.3
1727 update TQSL error code descriptions to reflect rejection due to invalid QSOs in the batch to be digitally signed and uploaded 11.1.3
1728 when performing a lookup operation in the Capture window with "Previous QSO Display" enabled and a Callbook configured, update the QSO's latitude and longitude with Callbook data if the grid square extracted from a previous QSO is not confirmed, if that previous QSO's location is not specified to the second, and if the Callbook's latitude and longitude are specified to the second 11.1.3
1729 when the CBA function is invoked on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, update the QSO's latitude and longitude with Callbook data if the QSO's grid square is not confirmed, if the QSO's latitude and longitude are not specified to the second, and if the Callbook's latitude and longitude are specified to the second 11.1.3
1730 support "to the second" latitude and longitude positions in WinWarbler 7.7.0 11.1.3
1731 when TQSL rejects QSOs to be uploaded, display the contents of the LotWResults.txt file  11.1.4
1732 when processing LotW's report of a confirmed QSO (initiated by "Sync LotW QSLs" or "Update from LotW"), determine whether LotW considers the QSO an exact "mode match"; if so, add an "M" in the QSOs' "LotW Confirmation" item; if not, mention the absence of an exact "mode match" in the after action report 11.1.6
1733 include an "LotW Mode" column in the WAS progress report that displays an = if LotW considers that QSO an exact "mode match" 11.1.6
1734 increase precision of distance displayed in Details panel to two decimal digits 11.2.2
1735 improve mi-km conversion accuracy 11.2.2
1736 add Capture window keyboard shortcuts:
  • CTRL-M - invokes the Capture QSL Msg editor

  • CTRL-N - invokes the Capture Comment editor

11.2.5
1738 Improve the Item Editor used to edit Comment and QSL Msg items
  • The font name and metrics (size, bold, italics) used to display text in the panels on the Main window's "Log QSOs tab is used to display text in the Item Editor window.

  • The Item Editor window's horizontal scrollbar is eliminated; instead, automatic word wrapping is provided.

  • If the Item Editor window has been invoked on the Capture window's Comment or QSL Msg item, clearing the Capture window or logging the QSO closes the Item Editor window

11.2.8
1739 support ADIF 3.0.4 CONTEST_ID enumeration 11.2.9
1740 provide <sig> and <siginfo> QSL substitution commands that access the Sig and SigInfo information in the QSO's MyQTH 11.2.9
1741 provide a "QTH Identifier" selector dedicated to the "Import QSOs" tab's "Substitute for missing QTH Identifiers" function 11.2.9
1743 when generating a Marathon Progress report with the verification option
  • when checking CQ countries and zones, if the callbook returns "callsign not found" and the callsign contains one or more slashes, lookup the base callsign and report the results
  • when checking CQ zones and the callbook returns "callsign not found", do not attempt to validate the callsign by performing a DXCC database lookup
11.3.0
1502 provide an import option that when enabled compares each unrecognized ADIF tag to the captions of each user-defined item; on finding a match, the tag's data is imported into the matching user-defined item 11.3.2
1745 when importing, ignore FORCE_INIT and QSO_RANDOM fields that specify illegal values 11.3.2
1746 on startup with TQSL 2.0 (or later) selected, query TQSL for updates and display any that are reported 11.3.4
1747 add WAS Verified and WPX Verified items 11.3.4
1748 import and export CREDIT_SUBMITTED and CREDIT_GRANTED: CQWAZ_MIXED, VUCC_BAND, WAS, CQWPX 11.3.4
1749 add new modes to DefaultModes.txt: CHIP, DIGVOICE (import/export as DIGITALVOICE), JT4, MFSK, PSK 11.3.4
1752 WAS progress report displays an overall status column for each worked State indicating credit granted (V), credit submitted (S), confirmed (C), or Requested (R),  11.3.4
1753 extend the WPX Progress Report to show Mixed, Band, and Mode status for each WPX prefix 11.3.4
1754 do not consider a QSO to be invalid for WPX if its QSL Rcvd, LotW Rcvd, or eQSL Rcvd items are set to I 11.3.4
1755 extend the WPX Summary to show submitted and verified status for Mixed, Band, Mode, and Band-Mode combinations 11.3.4
1756 provide full WPX submission support, including an optimal submission generator 11.3.4
1757 in DefaultModes.txt, designate the FSK31, HFSK, PSKAM10, PSKAM31, PSKAM50, PSKHell, Q15, and VOI modes as "counting" for WAZ Digital awards 11.3.5
1758 remove the State abbreviation from the Capture window's County selector when the Capture window's DXCC prefix is set to the US, Alaska, or Hawaii  11.3.6
1759 extend the Credit Repair function to set a QSO's QSL_RCVD or LOTW_QSL_RCVD item from 'Y' or 'S' to 'V' if it is linked to a DXCC Credit 11.3.8
1760 if the Credit Repair function promotes a QSO to verified, update award progress and notify SpotCollector 11.3.9
1761 when performing "Sync LotW QSLs", only report a missing or invalid grid square in a VUCC candidate sought for its band or satellite 11.3.9
1762 VUCC progress report includes progress for bands selected in the VUCC panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab 11.3.9
1763 WPX Progress Report and Summary take into account SSB QSOs confirmed via LoTW without an exact mode match 11.3.9
1764 WPX Submission generator ignores SSB QSOs confirmed via LoTW without an exact mode match 11.3.9
1765 upgrade the WAS Progress report to a multiband, multimode report driven by a new WAS Bands & Modes panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab and accessible via the script command

report WAS

 (the previous report remains available via a script that specifies the command

report US_States

11.3.9
1766 if "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" is disabled, initialize a new QSO's Station Callsign, Operator Callsign, and Owner Callsign items from the previously created QSO 11.4.0
1767 support Realtime Award Tracking for the IOTA, VUCC, WAS, and WPX awards
  • extend each "my QTH" definition to include VUCC and WAS checkboxes that indicate whether QSOs made from that myQTH "count" towards VUCC and WAS awards respectively
11.4.0
1768 when more than 1 "my QTH" is defined,  the VUCC Progress Report and Submission Generator only consider QSO's whose "my QTH" has its VUCC box checked 11.4.0
1769 when more than 1 "my QTH" is defined,  the WAS Progress Report only considers QSO's whose "my QTH" has its WAS box checked 11.4.0
1770 extend the "Card Aging" report to consider QSLs needed for awards with realtime award tracking enabled  11.4.0
1771 when performing "Sync LotW QSLs", only report a missing or invalid US State if pursuing WAS Mixed, or if the QSO's band or mode is pursued for WAS 11.4.0
1772 when performing "Sync LotW QSLs", only report an inexact mode match if
  • the QSO's mode is digital and WAS digital being pursued
  • the QSO's mode is SSB and WPX SSB is being pursued
11.4.0
1773 when informing SpotCollector that a QSO has been logged, include IOTA, VUCC, WAS, and WPX award status for that QSO 11.4.1
1774 add a Group column to the generated QSL Card Record Sheet 11.4.1
1775 save LotW "new information" in a file named LotWNews.txt 11.4.1
1778 Implement Marathon Phone award group 11.4.4
1779 If during a "Sync LotW QSOs" or "Sync LotW QSLs" operation, LotW fails to deliver the promised number of QSOs or QSLs respectively, inform the user, and don't update the the last sync date 11.4.4
1780 if changes made to logged QSOs during a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation require Spotcollector to recompute, offer to do this when the operation is complete 11.4.4
1781 avoid VUCC recomputation if QSO's band is not VUCC 11.4.6
1784 on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, the QSO panel indicates the presence of a Comment 11.4.9
1785 add 'N' to the ClubLog Status item selector, and extend the Club Log Update function to ignore QSOs whose Club Log Status item is set to 'N' 11.4.9
1786 when performing a previous QSO lookup with an exact callsign match, harvest the email address and web page from previous QSOs 11.4.9
1787 when performing a lookup in response to an external request, include the email address and web page in the results 11.4.9
1788 when performing a lookup for a callsign, information from previously logged QSOs is ignored if an override is specified for the callsign in DXView or SpotCollector 11.4.9
1789 provides a Select button in the "Backup folder" panel that when clicked selects the folder into which log backups will be stored 11.5.1
1790 extend the Add Needed function to set the Select item to 'Y' in any QSO it adds to the QSL Queue 11.5.1
1791 add AO-73 to DefaultSatellites.txt 11.5.2
1792
  • enable the specification of the CQ DX Marathon contest's
    • "current year"
    • pathname of an unpopulated Score Sheet for the current year
    • name, address, callsign, and other information required to populate a Score Sheet
  • extend the CQ DX Marathon Progress Report generation function to generate a progress report for the specified "current year" unless invoked with the CTRL key depressed

  • extend the CQ DX Marathon Submission generation function to 

    • generate a progress report for the specified "current year" unless invoked with the CTRL key depressed
    • generate and display a fully populated Score Sheet if Microsoft Excel is installed
11.5.2
1793 Double-clicking the Capture window's RST_Sent or RST_Rcvd item with a Mode selected will set the item to 59 (if the selected mode is a phone mode) or 599 (if the selected mode is not a phone mode). 11.5.3
1794 inform the user if a specified label width or row height is invalid 11.5.4
1796 in the WAS progress report, include Requested states in the Worked state total 11.5.4
1797 consider DIGVOICE a phone mode for the purposes of the DXCC, WAS and Marathon awards, when generating signal reports, and when determining default TX power 11.5.4
1798 when a "Sync LotW QSOs", "Sync LotW QSLs", "Update from LotW", or "DXCC Compare" function is invoked with the "PC has no internet connection" option enabled on the "QSL Configuration" window's LotW tab, the required URL is placed in the Windows Clipboard 11.5.5
1799 ignore QSO with invalid country codes when generating a Marathon progress report or submission 11.5.5
1800 include an entry in DefaultModes.txt that specifies DIGVOICE as valid for DXCC 11.5.5
1801 add a Comments field to the "Marathon Year and Score Sheet Information" window whose contents are placed in the Marathon Scoresheet's Comments cell; if no comments have been specified, initialize the comments to "converted by DXKeeper X.Y.Z" 11.5.5
1802 add a Category panel to the "Marathon Year and Score Sheet Information" that determines whether a generated Marathon Progress Report or Score Sheet is Mixed, single-band, or single-mode, and include the currently-selected Category to the filename of generated Progress Reports and Score Sheets; remove the Submission button on the "Realtime Award Tracking" window's Marathon tab 11.5.5
1804 if the Marathon current year is set to 2014 or later, display the selected Score Sheet's version number 11.5.8
1805 if "Update from LotW" is invoked with more than 100 QSOs in the Log Page Display, give the user the opportunity to abort the operation 11.5.8
1806 Clicking the CFM or VFY buttons in the LotW panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab should set the QSO's ClubLog item to 'M' if the QSOs confirmation or credit status changes 11.5.8
1807 The DXCC Submission window's "Verify Submission" function changes the "Club Log" item in each verified QSO from 'Y' to 'M' 11.5.8
1808 Directing the DXCC Credit Manager to link a QSO to a DXCC credit changes the QSO's "Club Log" item from 'Y' to 'M' 11.5.8
1809 in the "Handling of LotW QSL Detail inconsistencies" panel, provide the option to overwrite the log Grid with the LotW Grid if the first four characters of the log and LotW Grids are identical 11.5.8
1810 on the Main window's "my QTHs" tab, provide a Filter button that filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs made from the currently-selected QTH 11.5.8
1811 extend the WPX Prefix Progress report to show the fraction of prefixes confirmed by card, eQSL, and LotW for each band and in each mode 11.5.9
1812 extend the Aging report to distinguish outstanding DXCC entities, entity-bands, and entity modes 11.6.0
1814 when the Upload button in the "Club Log" panel on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab is clicked while the CTRL key is depressed, QSOs in the Log Page Display will only be uploaded if their "Club Log Status" items are not set to 'N' and if their  Station Callsign items match the Callsign specified in the "Club Log" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab 11.6.3
1815 an attempt to upload an individual QSO to Club Log -- via the "Upload to Club Log" command in the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu, or when a QSO is logged with the "Auto Upload" box checked in the "Club Log" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab -- will only succeed if the QSO's Station Callsign item match the Callsign specified in the "Club Log" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab 11.6.3
1816 provide a Callsign Progress window that displays band and mode progress with a specified callsign that appears when
  • right-clicking a Log Page Display entry and choosing the "Display Progress" command
  • performing a "previous QSO" lookup with the "Display callsign progress on lookup" option enabled
11.6.4
1817 Adjust DXCC Compare  driver file to reflect changes in order of DXCC Award Credit Matrix 11.6.7
1818 add 2m totals to the statistics shown at the top of the DXCC Progress report 11.6.9
1819 provide the ability to reset the "date and time of last QSL synchronization" for eQSL.cc and LotW by double-clicking the date and time shown beneath their respective "Sync QSLs" buttons 11.6.9
889 ability to print QSL labels & address labels on a label printer  11.7.0
1820 provide a "2nd row offset" setting that positions the second row of QSL cards printed 4-up 11.7.2
1821 restrict speed of multiple "QRZ.com via Pathfinder" lookups to 1 every 4 seconds 11.7.6
1822 handle new Geocoded tags returned by QRZ XML Data and QRZ via Pathfinder 11.7.7
1823 when the "Use each QSO's myQTHID as its QTH Nickname" option is enabled on the "QSL Configuration" window's eQSL tab, set that tab's "QTH Nickname" to "(myQTHID)" and disable it 11.7.8
1824 add CWOPS-CWT to the Contest Name selector 11.7.8
1825 add RAC to the Contest Name selector 11.7.9
1826 support single-band single-mode WAZ awards 11.8.2
1827 tolerate an invalid "log panels" font size recovered from the Windows Registry 11.8.4
1828 accelerate the "Add Requested" function 11.8.5
1829 specifies the correct county for each Virginian independent city that has only one "surrounding county" 11.8.6
1830 update the WAE progress report order to reflect new WAE prefixes UA and UA2  11.8.8
1831 provide submission generators for WAZ, WAS, and IOTA 11.8.8
1832 when exporting a tab-delimited field, replace each carriage return character with |, and each newline character with ^ 11.8.8
1833 handle QRZ XML data callbook lookups that return an alias 11.8.9
1834 include "Sent Via", "Card Cfm", "LotW Cfm" (if accepted), "eQSL Cfm", Status, and QSL# columns in IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, and WPX submission reports 11.9.0
1835 enable the creation of separate Card and LotW submissions for VUCC and WAS 11.9.0
1836 enable the selective addition of QSOs confirmed by QSL card or QSOs confirmed by eQSL to a WAZ submission 11.9.0
1837 enable the selective addition of QSOs confirmed by QSL card or QSOs confirmed by eQSLor QSOs confirmed by LoTW to a WPX submission 11.9.0
1838

add the following fields to each record exported in a tab-delimited file:

  • APP_DXKEEPER_LOTW_QSL_SENT

  • APP_DXKEEPER_LOTW_QSL_RCVD

  • APP_DXKEEPER_EQSL_QSL_SENT

  • APP_DXKEEPER_EQSL_QSL_RCVD

  • APP_DXKeeper_EQSL_MEMBER

11.9.0
1839 invoking the Since filter while depressing the CTLR key filter the Log Page Display to show all QSOs since the Since filter was last invoked 11.9.1
1840 provide Marathon Country Risk and Marathon Zone Risk items in each logged QSO
  • enhance Progress and Submission report generators to prefer low-risk QSOs
  • optionally decrease the risks in QSOs confirmed via QSL card, LoTW, or eQSL AT from 'nominal' to 'low' 
  • Marathon Realtime Award tracking ignores worked countries or zones whose risk is 'high'
11.9.2
1841 improve Marathon Progress and Submission report generation
  • accelerate processing
  • add an "Effective Risk" column to the Progress Report when the "Confirmed QSOs are low risk" option is enabled
  • adds "High Risk" and "Low and Nominal Risk" totals to the Progress Report
11.9.3
1842 add a "Confirmed" column to the Marathon Progress Report when the "Confirmed QSOs are low risk" option is enabled 11.9.4
1843 when performing a lookup of a callsign containing a slash using a callbook other than QRZ.com that returns "callsign not found", after performing a lookup of the base callsign direct Pathfinder (if running) to search for the base callsign (if an automatic search is configured) 11.9.5
1844 include App_DXKeeper_My_QTHID when exporting an ADIF file from the QSL Queue 11.9.6
1845 depressing the SHIFT key while invoking the Marathon Progress Report function verifies unconfirmed QSOs only 11.9.6
1846 restrict speed of Marathon verification with "QRZ.com via Pathfinder" lookups to 1 every 4 seconds 11.9.7
1847 provide the ability to generate progress and submission reports for Korean District Number awards 12.0.0
1848 inform the user when the specified log file cannot be opened because Windows considers the filename to be invalid 12.0.0
1849 replace the "DXCC submission reminder" option with a "Submission reminder" option for DXCC, IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, and WPX if their respective "Realtime Award Tracking" is enabled  12.0.3
1850 include an updated DOK list 12.0.3
1668 generates progress and submission reports for the "Worked All Belgian Provinces" award  12.0.5
1851 before directing LotW to download QSOs or QSLs, quickly check to see if its "up" 12.0.7
1852 perform a user-abortable LotW connectivity check before proceeding with a "Sync LotW QSOs", "Sync LotW QSLs", or "Update from LotW" operation; if DXKeeper cannot connect to LotW within 60 seconds, the operation will not proceed. 12.0.8
1853 improve user-abortable LoTW connectivity check 12.1.3
1854 provide the ability to specify whether the UTC sort on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab and the sorts implemented after "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" and "Sync LotW QSLs" operations place the Log Page Display in ascending or descending order 12.1.7
1855 provide keyboard shortcuts for use in the QSL Editor window 12.1.7
1856 provide the option to set a QSO as started when a callsign is entered in the Capture window or the Capture window's Lookup function is invoked 12.2.4
1857 add Cabrillo support for the ARRL-UHF-AUG contest 12.2.9
1858 provide the ability to generate a WAS Submission Report for a selected WAS Award
12.3.0
1859 provide the ability to generate a WAS Submission Report for a selected WAS Award 12.3.1
1860 when generating LotW-only submissions for VUCC, WAS, or WPX, consider QSOs in ascending order of "LotW QSL Rcvd Date" to improve consistency with LoTW selections 12.3.2
1861 provide the option to generate a WPX Submission File when creating a WPX Submission Report 12.3.2
1862 provide an email address setting on the Configuration window's Defaults tab, and insert it in the first line of a generated WPX Submission File 12.3.3
1864 on Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with the Edit button visible, enable the use of CTRL and ALT shortcut keys that don't modify any item 12.3.3
1865 provide the ability to specify Log Page Display background colors for LotW and eQSL AG participation 12.3.5
1866 added NA, SA, EU, AF, AS, and OC to the WPX Award selector 12.3.5
1867 permit hybrid QSL card and LotW WAS submissions 12.3.5
1868 rename the Submission window's left-hand selector "Award Family" 12.3.6
1869 double-clicking the date beneath the "Sync LoTW QSOs" button enables the user to specify the "last LoTW QSO Sync date" 12.3.7
1744 allow the specification of independent printers to be used when generating cards, labels, and envelopes 12.3.8
1870 provide the ability to print self-addressed 3-column labels, 2-column labels, and single labels 12.3.8
1871 update DARC DOK list 12.3.8
1872 double-clicking the Log Page Display's Band column header numerically (rather than alphanumerically) sorts the Log Page Display  12.3.9
1873 Imports and Exports the DXCC, DXCC_BAND, and DXCC_MODE credits in the CREDIT_SUBMITTED and CREDIT_GRANTED ADIF fields as defined by ADIF 3.0.4, with "QSL Medium" support for CARD and LOTW 12.3.9
1111 provide the option to specify a second callbook to be searched if the first callbook fails to find information 12.4.0
1874 don't require an exact LoTW mode match for LoTW WPX SSB confirmations 12.4.3
1877 provide a keyboard shortcut for activating the Edit function 12.4.3
1878 add eQSL (AG) and LoTW status to the DOK progress report 12.5.4
1879 In the "Modify QSOs" panel's Item New Value, replace each instance of <newline> with a newline character sequence 12.5.5
1880 in a Modify script command, replace each instance of <newline> within a Modify command's new value with a newline character sequence 12.5.5
1881 treat Washington DC as a USA-CA award independent city that can be in either Montgomery or Prince George's counties (see <http://www.dxawards.com/usaca/indcities.htm>) 12.5.6
1882 determines the location of a callsign of the form A/B, where B is three or more non-numeric characters, by analyzing A  12.5.6
1883 when performing an "Update from LoTW" operation, retry any failed download operation up to 3 times before giving up 12.6.0
1884 Provide an OQRS button in the QSL panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab that when clicked
  • sets "QSL Sent" to 'Y'
  • sets "QSL Rcvd" to 'R'
  • sets the "QSL Sent Date" to the current date
  • set "QSl Sent Via" to 'E'
12.6.1
1885 Provide a "Substitute default Antenna Path for missing ANT_PATH" option in the "Substitution options" panel on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab 12.6.1
443 display the number of QSL cards or labels to be printed at the top of the Print Preview window 12.6.2
1795 provide a Class selector on the "Marathon Year, Category, and Score Sheet Information" window, and include the class name in generated Marathon Progress Report and ScoreSheet filenames 12.6.3
1886 improve the Capture window overwrite warning message 12.6.4
1887 double-clicking the Capture window's Grid label should filter the Log Page Display to display all QSOs with a matching grid square, ignoring any sub-square 12.6.4
1888 reference the current version of the QRZ XML interface 12.6.6
1890 provide a "Main & Capture window F-keys via CC" option that when enabled routes function keys to Commander to invoke User-defined Command Sequences 12.6.6
1891 include the 2013-05-10 version of Hamcal32.dll  12.7.0
1892 with DXView running, the Capture window lookup operation should highlight a Special Callsign in bold magenta font 12.7.1
1893 increase the speed at which the Windows menu is removed when Shift-F10 is struck 12.7.1
351 provide the ability to save all SQL filters to a file, and restore all SQL filters from a file 12.7.2
501 if a callsign in the Capture window contains a ?, replace the left-most ? with the next non-? keystroke
12.7.3
1750 make the default myQTH's city, primary subdivision, secondary subdivision, CQ zone, ITU zone, IOTA tag, and Rig accessible to other applications 12.7.3
1894 accept a DDE command from other applications to set the default QTH ID 12.7.3
1895 provides the option to update DXView's QTH when a default "my QTH" is selected 12.7.3
1896 when the Capture window contains a ?, don't replace the left-most ? with the next non-? keystroke until one second has elapsed with no keystroke 12.7.4
1997 on the Main window's "my QTHs" tab, rename the State and County items to "Pri sub" and "Sec sub" 12.7.5
1998 on the Main window's "my QTHs" tab, add an Ant item, whose contents are accessible via the <ant> QSL substitution command 12.7.5
1999 accept a <bandant> QSL substitution command that extracts an antenna description based on the QSO's band 12.7.5
2000 provide a "Default QSL Message" panel with the ability to update a candidate QSL message and review candidate QSL messages 12.7.7
2001 provide the option to append a QSO's US state and county to the QSL Message printed on a QSL card or label 12.7.8
1597 accept a <prisub> and <secsub> QSL substitution commands that are replaced by a QSO's primary and secondary administrative subdivisions, respectively 12.7.8
2003 accept a <currentutcdate> that is replaced by the current UTC date formatted as specified in the QSL Date Format panel 12.7.8
2004 interpret \< and \> as escape characters in the "Modify QSOs" panel's "Item New Value" textbox and in Script Modify commands 12.7.8
906 provide a "Reply Card" option in the "QSL Via" panel on the Main window's QSL tab that when selected prints a Reply Card for each entry in the QSL Queue when the Notes field is populated by the contents of each QSO's QSL Message, primary administrative subdivision, secondary administrative subdivision, grid square, IOTA tag, region, and DOK 12.7.8
2006 include an updated DOK award file 12.7.8
2007 with the "Reply Card" option enabled, print information in each corner using 8-point Arial 12.7.9
2008 provide a "Question Mark replacement delay" setting that governs how long non-? characters are appended to the Capture window's Call textbox before they're instead used to replace ? characters, and interpret the * character to mean "immediately begin replacing ? characters" 12.8.0
2009 when displaying each unconfirmed QSO with a known LoTW participant who has uploaded to LoTW after the QSO date, mark as "broken" and report any QSOs with invalid QSO Begin dates 12.8.0
2010 use the space character rather than the asterisk character to mean "immediately begin replacing ? characters" 12.8.1
2011 When "QSL Via" is set to "Reply cards", process all QSOs in the QSL Queue independent of their "QSL Sent Via" items 12.8.1
2012 When "QSL Via" is set to "Reply cards", ignore the "Below Upper Text" checkbox in the "Station Callsign" panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's "Station Callsign" panel 12.8.1
2014 on startup, inform the user if there is doubt as to the accuracy of the PC's current date and time 12.8.6
2015 include Created_Timestamp field in header of exported ADIF files 12.8.6
2016 replace the "Report unrecognized fields" option with an option for each user-defined item that when enabled treats the item's caption as an ADIF tag when importing and exporting 12.8.7
2017 when logging via the Capture window with the "Set QSO time when RST Rcvd" option enabled, the QSO start time will be set when the user types a character into the Capture window's "RST Rcvd" box; having the "initialize RST items to 59/599" option enabled will not set the QSO's start time 12.9.0
2018 on the Configuration window's General tab, relocate the "Set QSO start when RST Rcvd" option from the Options panel to the "Capture options" panel 12.9.0
2022 improve robustness of process by which information is retrieved from the Windows Registry 12.9.1
2023 provide control over the font used in envelope DX and return addresses 12.9.4
2024 add a "Contest Filter" panel to the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window 12.9.5
2025 depressing the CTRL key while clicking the Plot button filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs made during the past 24 hours, and directs DXView to plot them 12.9.5
2026 depressing the SHIFT key while clicking the Plot button filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs made during the past 7 days, and directs DXView to plot them 12.9.7
2027 depressing the ALT key while clicking the Plot button filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs made during the past 30 days, and directs DXView to plot them 12.9.7
2028 in the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's Contest Filter panel, if no Contest ID is specified, consider QSOs that specify any Contest ID 12.9.8
2029 provide a WIA DXCC Progress Report 12.9.9
2030 accept a Plot command in scripts 12.9.9
2031 tolerate a leading < in LoTW's response to a "report newly accepted QSOs" or "report new confirmations" directive 12.9.9
2032 provide a Run button in the TQSL panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's LoTW tab that when clicked starts TQSL 12.9.9
2033 don't disable settings in the "QSL Via" panel on the Main window's QSL tab; instead, inform the user when an invalid attempt is made to change the "QSL Via" setting with the QSL Queue populated 12.9.9
2034 provide an option to include the name of each QSO's DXCC entity in the Log Page Display's DXCC Prefix column, and in the Log Report's DXCC Prefix column 12.9.9
2035 in the window that conveys "news" from LOTW on startup, provide a "Run TQSL" button that when clicked starts TQSL 13.0.1
2036 accommodate change in format of DXCC award credit matrix 13.0.2
2037 if in response to a "Sync LoTW QSLs" operation, LoTW responds with more than 20 confirmations and "Handling of LoTW QSL detail inconsistencies" is set to "Display a dialog box and let operator choose", DXKeeper offers to temporarily resolve inconsistencies by preserving log data and display a report showing all inconsistencies when the operation ends 13.0.3
2038 if during a "Sync eQSL QSLs" operation, eQSL includes a non-ascii character in its response, report this to the user and gracefully recover 13.0.4
2039 when "Sync LotW QSOS" or "Sync LoTW QSLs" return HTML instead of ADIF, inform the user that the specified LoTW username or password is likely incorrect 13.0.8
2041 include RX Power in the QSL Queue, and make it available in QSL Messages and QSL cards via the <rxpower> substitution command 13.0.8
2042 when exporting an ADIF file from the QSL Queue, include the TX_PWR and RX_PWR items 13.0.8
2043 add ARISS to the default satellite list 13.0.9
2044 precede the error reports from imported QSOs deemed illegal with the word "illegal" 13.1.0
2045 exploit the DXCC country code returned by a HamQTH callbook lookup 13.1.0
2046 adds the following to the DefaultSatellites.txt file: AO-85 , XW-2A, XW-2B, XW-2C, XW-2D, XW-2E, XW-2F 13.1.1
2047 CTRL-clicking a Main window Config button displays the appropriate tab of the QSL Configuration window 13.1.2
2048 convert "SD,Oglala Lakota" to "SD,Shannon" until the former is added to ADIF 13.1.3
2049 update the DARC DOK list 13.1.3
2050 compensate for changes in the DXCC Award Credit Matrix that prevent the DXCC Compare operation from working 13.1.4
2051 with "use multiple monitors" enabled, relocates to the primary monitor any window that can't be displayed on a monitor 13.1.4
2052 work around Microsoft OS version reporting defect so that Windows 10 is properly reported in errorlog.txt file startup headers 13.1.4
2053 decline to "Upload to LoTW" if TQSL version 2.0.0 or later isn't selected 13.1.4
2054 provides an "Include seconds in uploaded QSOs" option on the "QSL Configuration" window's Club Log tab  
2055 enforces Club Log's limit of 10 queued files by declining to upload more than 50,000 QSOs (more than 2500 QSO with "slow net" enabled) 13.1.4
2056 provide an "Export to Club Log" option that creates an ADIF file from QSOs in the Log Page Display and updates each QSO's "Club Log status" item to 'Y' 13.1.4
2057 when importing a US QSO whose STATE is DC and whose CNTY is MD,Montgomery or MD,Prince George's, correct the county to DC,Montgomery or DC,Prince George's respectively 13.1.4
2058 add the following satellites to the DefaultSatellite.txt file: AO-24, CAS-3H, DO-64, LO-78, NO-83, NO-84 13.1.5
2059 when run for the first time, encourage the user to install DXView to manage databases 13.1.6
2061 provide a "Single Label Orientation" sub-panel in the "QSL labels and address labels" panel the specifies the printer orientation to be used when printing Single QSL, Single Address, or Single Self-addressed labels 13.1.8
2062 if a user item's caption is set to NPOTA,
  • assume it contains one or more NPOTA park codes separated by commas
  • when "Sync LoTW QSLs" is invoked, sync this field with park codes specified by the QSO partner, and insert an 'N' in the LoTW Confirmation item if all park codes in the QSO are confirmed via LoTW
  • enables the NPOTA button in the "Other Awards" panel on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab that generates an NPOTA progress report when clicked
13.1.9
2063 add space on either side of the Capture window's Spot button 13.2.0
2064 accepts an NPOTA code from SpotCollector and uses it to initialize a new QSO 13.2.1
2065 includes an updated DARC DOK award file 13.2.1
2066 convey modified Candidate QSL Messages to WinWarbler 13.2.2
2067 when exporting a QSO with "Export ADIF for eQSL.cc" selected, expand any QSL Substitution Commands present in the QSL Msg item 13.2.2
2068 accelerate override checking 13.2.3
2069 extends the script Report and AppendReport commands to be able to generate an NPOTA progress report 13.2.3
2070 generating an NPOTA progress report sends SpotCollector an updated NPOTA filter that hides Spot Database Entries whose NPOTA field specifies a worked park code 13.2.3
2071 NPOTA progress report should offer to remove Log Page Display filter 13.2.4
2072 include <AGEFILTER> in the generated NPOTA filter sent to SpotCollector 13.2.5
2073 provide an Add OQRS function that populates the QSL Queue with confirmation requests downloaded from Club Log OQRS and updates logged QSOs from those requests 13.2.5
2074 instead of providing an "Add X OQRS" function on the Main window's QSL tab that populates the QSL Queue with OQRS requests, provide a "Process X OQRS" in the "Club Log" panel on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab that downloads new OQRS requests, locates each logged QSO, and sets its "QSL Sent" item to 'R' and/or its "LoTW QSL Sent" items to 'R' as specified by checkboxes in the "Inbound OQRS" panel on the "QSL Configuration window's "Club Log" tab

- if on the "QSL Configuration window's "Club Log" tab's "Inbound OQRS" panel both the "Set 'QSL Rcvd' to 'R" " and "Set 'LoTW QSL RCvd' to 'R' " are unchecked, the "Process X OQRS" function will be disabled

- depressing the CTRL key while invoking the "Process X OQRS" function will download all OQRS requests, not just new OQRS requests since the last time the "Process X OQRS" function was invoked

- depressing the ALT key while invoking the Process X OQRS" function will prompt the user to select an ADIF file, and then process its contents as OQRS requests
13.2.6
2075 provides a "Clear Selected Requests" function on the "QSL Configuration window's "Club Log" tab's "Inbound OQRS" panel that clears the "QSL Rcvd" and "QSL Rcvd Date" items in all logged QSOs if the "Set 'QSL Rcvd' to 'R' " box is checked, and that clears the the "LoTW QSL Rcvd" and "LoTW QSL Rcvd Date" items in all logged QSOs if the "Set LoTW QSL Rcvd to 'R" box is checked 13.2.6
1543 store the Club Log email address and password in each log's Settings table so that they are automatically selected when a log file is loaded, along with the Club Log Callsign 13.2.6
2077 when processing an Inbound OQRS request, format addresses to fit in 5 lines or less 13.2.7
2088 when processing an Inbound OQRS request, ignore non-ascii addresses in entries from JA stations 13.2.8
2089 "Print Address Report" shows number of callsigns 13.2.8
2090 provide a "Report one address per callsign" option in the "Address File" panel on the QSL Setup window's General tab 13.2.8
2091 provide "Append callsign to first line of address" options on the QSL Configuration window's Envelopes and Addr Labels tabs 13.2.8
2093 extend Inbound OQRS support for confirmations via eQSL.cc 13.2.9
2094 In the "Club Log" panel on the Main window's "Check Progress" tab, rename the "Process X OQRS" button to "Inbound OQRS" 13.2.9
2095 when matching an inbound OQRS request to a logged QSO, consider modes that count for DXCC Digital awards as matching 13.3.0
2096 when processing an Inbound OQRS request, ignore non-ascii addresses in entries from Asian stations 13.3.0
2097 improve the accuracy of Inbound OQRS matching 13.3.1
2098 when printing QSL cards, cards for stations within the continental US (DXCC prefix K) are additionally sorted in call district order, with 1-letter prefix 4 area callsigns preceding 2-letter prefix 4 area callsigns 13.3.1
2099 add  an "Add Requested never request confirmation" option to the "Add Requested" panel on the "QSL Configuration" window; when enabled, QSL cards or labels generated from QSOs added to the QSL Queue by the Add Requested function will not include 'please!' or 'pse!' in their QSL column 13.3.2
2100 when importing QSOs with the "ADIF Style" set to DXBase, recover QSX frequencies in the first word of the Comment if the band matches that of the RX frequency 13.3.6
2101 when opening a log, determine whether it's consistent with the current DXCC database; if not, prompt the user to initiate the Recompute function 13.3.6
2102 update DARC DOKs 13.3.7
2103 maintain Kingman Reef in generated CQ DX Marathon progress reports and submissions for 2016 and earlier 13.3.9
2104 include an updated Secondary Subdivision Database for European Russia, Asiatic Russia, and Kalinningrad with a FIX_RDA.txt script 13.4.4
2105 provide a Server Log window that displays errors that occur in response to directives from other applications, and that optionally displays requests from other applications 13.4.5
2106 accept and process a DeleteQSO directive via DDE or TCP from other applications, subject to the "Confirm QSO Deletion" and "Require Edit to modify logged QSOs" options 13.4.5
2107 accept and process a RemoveUpdate directive via DDE or TCP from other applications, subject to the "Require Edit to modify logged QSOs" options "Confirm QSO Deletion" option 13.4.7
2108 the DeleteQSO and RemoveUpdate directives do not request confirmation from the user 13.4.8
2109 provide the option to accept and display the myQTH latitude and longitude in "decimal degrees" format 13.5.1
484 make the Main window's MyQTH tab vertically sizeable, expanding/contracting the myQTH grid to fill the available space 13.5.2
1014 make the Main window's QSL tab vertically and horizontally sizeable, expanding/contracting the QSL queue to fill the available space 13.5.2
2110 make the Realtime Award Tracking window vertically sizeable 13.5.2
2111 provide the option to record QSO audio via the Capture window 13.5.3
2112 provide a visible recording indicator in the Capture window 13.5.5
2113 initiate QSO audio recording when the first letter of the Capture window's callsign is set 13.5.5
2114 handle grid squares longer than 6 characters reported by LoTW 13.5.5
2115 includes the Satellite Mode and Satellite Name for each QSO in the Satellite section of a VUCC progress or submission report 13.5.5
2116 record audio with a 6 KHz sample rate 13.5.5
2117 stores audio files in the DataFolder specified by Launcher (version 2.0.8 or later), defaulting to MyDocuments\DXLab\QSOAudio if the Launcher has not specified a DataFolder 13.5.5
2118 provides a new "audio file" item accessible via the Details panel on the Main windows "Log QSOs" tab, and a "Play Audio" command in the Log Page Display's right mouse menu 13.5.5
2119 provide an "Automate QSO Audio Management" option that when enabled
  • initiates audio recording when a character is added to the Capture window's call item
  • stops audio recording and saves it with the QSO when the Capture window's Log function is invoked by button click or keyboard shortcut
  • stops audio recording and abandons the recorded audio when the Capture window's Clear function is invoked by button click, keyboard shortcut, or directive from another application
  • deletes audio files in QSOs being deleted either individually or en masse

13.5.5
2120 export the VUCC_GRIDS tag to convey 2 or 4 grid squares, and recover grid squares from VUCC_GRIDS when importing an ADIF file 13.5.5
2121 process a VUCC_GRIDS tag reported by LoTW in response to a "Sync LoTW QSLs" or "Update from LoTW" operation 13.5.5
2122 include the QSO time in the DXCC submission planning report 13.5.6
2123 when a callbook lookup reports a grid square, latitude, and longitude that are inconsistent, recompute the latitude and longitude from the center of the grid square 13.5.6
2124 provides an Audio Recording Configuration window that specifies the soundcard to be used for audio recording, and provides  options that control automatic starting and stopping of automatic recording, and automatic deletion of audio files when QSOs are deleted 13.5.6
2125 provide an Enable checkbox in the Audio Recording Configuration window 13.5.9
2126 CTRL-clicking the Audio Ready button displays the Audio Recording Configuration window 13.5.9
2127 show the QSOAudio folder pathname in the Audio Recording Configuration window and a Display button the directs Windows Explorer to display the contents of that folder 13.5.9
2128 when adding a MyQTHID to the QSL Queue, preserve its case so it can be conveyed to eQSL.cc as a nickname (retracted) 13.6.0
2129 when Audio Recording is disabled, hovering over the Capture window's Audio button displays an explanatory popup, and CTRL-clicking the Capture window's Audio button displays the Audio Recording Configuration window 13.6.2
2130 provide an "Optimize for realtime Satellite QSOs" option in the "Main Log QSOs options" panel on the Configuration window's General tab 13.6.6
2131 save the "last startup time" in a section of the Windows Registry that the Launcher does not save to or restore from a workspace 13.6.7
2132 include an updated DOK award file 13.6.7
2133 insert the word DXKeeper in the caption of the Audio Recording Configuration window to distinguish it from WinWarbler's Audio Recording Configuration window 13.6.8
2134 extend the Capture window's "Last QSO" information to include receipt of a QSL card 13.6.8
2135 remove the "Display information in titles bars" option 13.6.9
2136 create an "Outgoing Spots" panel on the Configuration window's General tab, and move the "Spot split frequency" there 13.6.9
2139 provide "Use DXGrid>SpotterGrid format" and "Use SpotterGrid<P>DXGrid format" options in the "Outgoing Spots" panel that govern the format of grid squares in outgoing spots of stations operating on frequencies above 50 MHz 13.6.9
2140 provide a "Propagation indicator" setting that is used when the "Use SpotterGrid<P>DXGrid format" option is selected and a station operating above 50 MHz is spotted 13.6.9
2141 if the ServiceBasePort registry entry is not initialized, set it to the default value 13.7.0
2142 update DOK award list 13.7.1
2143 in the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window, rename the "Advanced Sorts" panel to "User-defined Sorts"; in the Sort panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, rename the "Adv" button to "User" 13.7.1
2144 in the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's "User-defined Sorts" panel, change the "First item", "Second Item, and "Third item" text boxes to selectors populated with valid item names, and move the "Item name" selector into the "SQL Query Filters" panel 13.7.1
2145 update DXCCVerification.txt to match change made by the ARRL 13.7.1
2146 provide the ability to process a downloaded IOTA status file and update logged QSOs 13.7.1
2148 when run for the first time on a computer, displays DXKeeper's License for the user's acceptance 13.7.2
2149 provide a button to display DXKeeper's License 13.7.3
2150 add a SOTA item to each logged QSO 13.7.4
2150 re-arrange the Award panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab; recaptions grid => grid 1 13.7.4
2151 add SOTA, grid2, grid3, and grid4 items to the Capture window 13.7.4
2152 generate a SOTA progress report 13.7.4
2153 generate progress reports for user-defined items 13.7.4
2154 on startup, delays directed TQSL to report "news" until after the Main window is on-screen 13.7.4
2155 display "chaser uniques" and "chaser QSOs" at top of SOTA progress report; don't emit microwave or VLF in SOTA .csv file 13.7.5
2156 include an updated DARC DOK award file 13.7.6
320 add a distance column to the VUCC progress report and to the Maidenhead Grid progress report 13.7.7
2157 remember the selected Realtime Award Tracking window's tab between operating sessions 13.8.0
2158 make the Capture window's "Last QSO" row always appear just above the bottom row of buttons 13.8.3
2159 add separator above Capture window's "Last QSO" row only appears if the "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" option is enabled 13.8.4
2160 add Los Rios and Arica y Parinacota to the Chilean section of the Primary Administrative Subdivision database 13.8.6
2161 include an updated DARC DOK award file 13.8.6
2162 update the DefaultSatellites.txt file with entries for BY70-1, EO-79, IO-86, MIREX, SAREX and UKUBE1 13.8.7
2163 extend the "submission reminder" displayed when a needed QSO is confirmed to include a parenthetical indication of why the confirmation should be submitted to each award sponsor listed 13.8.8
2164 add CWOPS-CW-OPEN, HA-DX, and REP-PORTUGAL-DAY-HF to the contest selectors 13.9.2
2165 interpret K or KW in an imported RX_PWR field to mean 1000, and interpret QRP to mean 5 13.9.2
2166 when LoTW reports that DXCC credit has been granted to a QSO, update the logged QSO accordingly and inform the user 13.9.2
2168 In the Capture window, Shift-Enter in the Call textbox or Shift-Lookup or Ctrl-Lookup will clear the Capture window's Comment textbox before initiating a lookup 13.9.2
2169 In the Filter panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, depressing the CTRL key while clicking the LoTW button will set each QSO's Select item to 'Y' if it is not confirmed via LoTW, its LotW_Rcvd item is not set to 'X', and its QSO partner has not uploaded QSOs to LoTW after the date of the QSO 13.9.2
2170 Store LoTW username and "Station Location" settings in each log file rather than in the Windows Registry 13.9.2
2171 Store eQSL username and nickname settings in each log file rather than in the Windows Registry 13.9.2
2172 Associate an eQSL password with each eQSL username, and LoTW password with each LoTW username 13.9.2
2173 object if the user clicks the "eQSL Account" or "LoTW Account" window's OK button when either the username or password boxes are empty 13.9.3
2174 prompt the user to confirm a password change made via the "eQSL Account" or "LoTW Account" window 13.9.3
2175 denote settings on the QSL Configuration window's eQSL and LoTW tabs that are stored in the current log file 13.9.3
2176 update for ADIF 3.0.5
  • change the 60m entry in DefaultBands.txt to 60M, 5.06,5.45

  • add the following entries to DefaultModes.text

    • ARDOP, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital

    • MSK144, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital

    • QRA64, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital

    • QRA64A, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital

    • QRA64B, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital

    • QRA64C, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital

    • QRA64D, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital

    • QRA64E, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital

    • SIM31, DXCC_RTTY, WAZ_Digital, WPX_Digital, WAS_Digital


  • add EO-88 to DefaultSatellites.txt

  • update Austria's Primary Administrative Subdivisions

    • change Bruck/Mur to Bruck-Mürzzuschlag (code BM unchanged)

    • add Hartberg-Fürstenfeld (code HF)

    • add Murtal (code MT)

    • add Südoststeiermark (code SO)

13.9.5
2177 update generated Marathon Scoresheet comment cell location for removal of Kingman Island in 2017 13.9.6
2178 update generated Marathon Scoresheet comment cell location for preservation of Midway and Kure in 2017 and removal in 2018 13.9.6
2179 when performing a callbook lookup via QRZ XML, removes diacritical marks from the reported first name and address items and ignores UTF-8 characters that cannot be visualized with ANSI characters 13.9.6
2180 when performing a callbook lookup via QRZ XML, removes diacritical marks from the reported first name and address items and ignores UTF-8 characters that cannot be visualized with ANSI characters (recognizes Greek characters) 13.9.7
2181 update generated Marathon Scoresheet comment cell location for preservation of Midway and Kure 14.0.0
2182 add Submode to the the QSL Queue, and provide a <Submode> QSL substitution command 14.0.0
2183 when uploading a QSO to LoTW that specifies a Submode, convey that Submode to LoTW 14.0.0
2184 when uploading a QSO to eQSL that specifies a Submode, convey the Submode as if it were the Mode 14.0.0
2185 correctly sync QSOs that specify a submode with LoTW 14.0.0
2186 correctly sync QSOs that specify a submode with eQSL 14.0.0
2187 include the 630M band in DefaultBands.txt 14.0.0
2188 Import SUBMODE fields from ADIF files 14.0.0
2189 export SUBMODE items to ADIF SUBMODE fields rather than APP_DXKEEPER_SUBMODE fields 14.0.0
2190 provide the option to spot a logged QSO from the Log Page Display and specify spot notes 14.0.1
2192 depressing the CTRL key while clicking the "my QTHs" tab's New button will create a new "my QTH" and populate it with information from the selected "my QTH" 14.0.2
2193 increase the precision of decimal latitudes and longitudes on the Main window's "My QTHs" tab 14.0.3
2194 replace online QSL status update and confirmation windows with windows that remember their location 14.0.6
2195 accept accessibility status when performing a callbook lookup from "QRZ via Pathfinder" 14.0.6
2196 on the Configuration window's Callbook tab, group the primary callbook controls within a Primary Callbook panel 14.0.6
2197 on the Configuration window's Callbook tab, change the name of the "Warn when Callsign Lookups fail" option to "Warn when a callbook lookup returns "callsign not found" 14.0.6
2198 on the Configuration window's Callbook tab, add a "Warn when the primary callbook can't be accessed" option to the "Secondary Callbook" panel that can only be enabled if the "Secondary Callbook" panel's Enable box is checked; with this option enabled, failure to access the primary callbook will noted in an always-on-top warning message that appears for 10 seconds 14.0.6
2199 when the Main window's Import tab's "Query callbook and DXCC database for missing items" option is enabled and a callbook lookup fails while importing QSOs, note each failure in DXKeeper's "Import Progress" window 14.0.6
2200 in panels containing usernames or passwords, warn users not to employ usernames and passwords used to secure valuable online accounts 14.0.7
2201 add FT8, MSK144, and QRA64 checkboxes to the Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers window's Mode filter panel 14.0.7
2202 add FT8 to the DefaultModes.txt file distributed with DXKeeper 14.0.7
2203 process MODE and SUBMODE now reported in eQSL.cc Inbox 14.0.8
2204 include SUBMODE in "Sync eQSL QSLs" error report 14.1.0
2205 inform the user of warnings or errors returned by eQSL.cc when downloading eQSL images 14.1.3
2206 include updated DARC DOK awards 14.1.3
2207 add C4FM and T10 to DefaultModes.txt 14.1.3
2208 provide the ability to specify an LoTW Station Location in a myQTH 14.1.3
2209 provide the option to automatically upload QSOs logged via the Capture window to LoTW 14.1.3
2210 allow the use of LoTW Station Locations that specify a Station Callsign of [NONE] when using the single-QSO "Upload to LOTW" command in the Log Page Display's right mouse menu, or when automatically uploading a QSO to LoTW 14.1.3
2211 add LO-90 to DefaultSatellites.txt 14.1.3
2212 compensate for eQSL change to re-enable access to QSL images of QSOs that specify a submode 14.1.3
2213 provide a Digi selection in the "Default Transmit power by mode" panel that specifies the default TX power for any mode other than RTTY or PSK whose entry in DXKeeper's DefaultMode.txt file (or Modes.txt file) contains DXCC_RTTY, meaning "counts for DXCC digital awards". 14.1.3
2214 accepts DDE and TCP "log" commands from other applications that specify uploading to LoTW, or to LoTW and eQSL.cc 14.1.3
2215 add a "Self-addressed Envelope" panel to the "QSL Configuration" window's Envelopes tab that provides independent control over the address top offset, address left offset, font metrics, and airmail indicator presence when printing self-addressed envelopes 14.1.6
2216 when the station location selected on the "QSL Configuration" window's LoTW tab specifies a station callsign of [NONE}, prompt the user to specify a station callsign; save the specified station callsign between operating sessions in the log 14.1.9
2218 work with updated eQSL image retrieval service 14.2.0
2219 provide <XCVRTXBAND> and <XCVRRXBAND> SQL expression substitutions 14.2.1
2220 on the "DXCC Credits Granted" window, provide a "Resolve ambiguous confirmations" option that when enabled causes the Analyze and AutoLink function to a assume that a QSO to which credit has been granted that is confirmed by both LoTW and QSL card should be granted award credit for its QSL confirmation (because QSOs granted award credit for LoTW confirmations were already updated by "Sync LoTW QSLs" 14.2.5
2221 if the  "Resolve ambiguous confirmations" option is enabled, the Analyze and AutoLink function assumes that a QSO to which credit has been granted that is confirmed by neither LoTW and QSL card should be granted award credit for its QSL confirmation (because QSOs granted award credit for LoTW confirmations were already updated by "Sync LoTW QSLs" 14.2.6
2222 with "Display previous QSOs on lookup" enabled, the "QSO Comments" window scrolls to make the most recent comment visible 14.2.7
2223 add CAS-4A, CAS-4B, and FS-3 to the DefaultSatellites.txt file 14.2.8
2224 when directed to perform a backup on a log containing no QSOs, inform the user and ask whether to create the backup 14.2.8
2225 when exporting a tab-delimited file, includes the Grid1, Grid 2, Grid3, and Grid4 items 14.3.1
2226 enables selection of an existing folder in which QSO audio files will be stored 14.3.3
2227 enable generation of Cabrillo for the Makrothen contest 14.3.5
2228 extend DXCC and WIA progress report to show Satellite statistics for QSOs made on 1965-03-01 or later 14.3.5
2229 count  QSOs confirmed via LoTW when generating WAZ award progress 14.3.6
2230 enable WAZ submissions to include QSOs confirmed via LoTW 14.3.6
2231 depressing the CTRL key while clicking a Filter panel button that activates an SQL search will display the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window with the "SQL Query Filters" panel displaying the SQL search 14.3.7
2232 don't submit QSO to LoTW if its RX Band and RX Freq items are inconsistent 14.3.8
2233 remove the NPOTA progress report 14.3.9
2234 provide an ARRL Grid Chase progress report 14.3.9
2235 pace eQSL image downloads at the rate of 4 per minute 14.4.1
2226 invoking the Capture window's Log or Clear functions via mouse click or keyboard shortcut clears the WPX prefix the Capture window would next log if a callsign were entered without striking the Enter or Tab key 14.4.2
2228 when a Grid Chase progress report is generated, inform the user if the Log Page Display is filtered, and include the filter expression in the generated progress report 14.4.4
2229 changes in support of the promotion of Kosovo to a DXCC entity 14.4.6
2230 add AO-92 to the DefaultSatellites.txt file 14.4.6
2231 if QSO's CQ zone is confirmed via LoTW, include a 'Z' in its LoTW Confirmations item 14.4.7
2232 only consider a QSO's CQ zone to be confirmed via LoTW if the QSO is confirmed via LoTW and if the QSO's LoTW Confirmations item includes a 'Z' 14.4.7
2233 when interacting with Club Log APIs, use HTTPS 14.4.7
2234 an ADIF record generate from a QSL Queue entry that specifies a "my QTH ID" will include the MY_CITY, MY_CNTY, MY_CQ_ZONE, MY_COUNTRY, MY_GRIDSQUARE, MY_IOTA, MY_ITU_ZONE, MY_LAT, MY_LON, MY_POSTAL_CODE, MY_STATE, MY_STREET, MY_NAME, MY_RIG, MY_SIG, MY_SIG_INFO, APP_DXKEEPER_MY_ANT, and APP_DXKEEPER_MY_EMAIL fields 14.4.7
2235 Clicking the Fonts button in the in the "Log Panels" panel on the Configuration window's Log tab governs the font used in the Filter panel textbox on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab 14.4.7
2236 update primary subdivision database entries for China to specify alphabetic province codes 14.4.9
2237 with "Subdivision validity checking" enabled on the Configuration window's Province tab, the Recompute function updates Chinese province codes from numeric to alphabetic 14.4.9
2238 when importing an ADIF or tab-delimited file or logging a QSO received from another application, numeric Chinese province codes are converted to alphabetic codes 14.4.9
2239 when "Sync LoTW QSLs" or "Update from LoTW" detect a mismatch between a logged QSOs data and the data reported by LoTW, set the QSO's Select item to 'Y' 14.4.9
2240 increase the height of the Filter panel textbox 14.4.9
2241 generate Cabrillo for the PACC contest 14.4.9
2242 inform the user if a WAZ submission cannot be assembled or a WAZ submission report cannot be generated because Realtime Award Tracking for WAZ is not enabled 14.5.0
2243 popup explanations for the Mode selector on the Capture window and on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab specify the filename containing mode specifications 14.5.0
2244 if on startup or after loading a log file, the DXCC database version last known to be consistent with the log file's DXCC progress table is different than that of the currently-installed DXCC database, check to see if the log file's DXCC progress table is consistent with the currently-installed DXCC database; if inconsistent, offer to invoke the Recompute function 14.5.0
2245 update Club Log Home function to use HTTPS 14.5.1
2246 provide the option to include LoTW confirmation status in the progress reports for JARL AJA, JCC, JCG, and WAJA awards 14.5.5
2247 include eQSL confirmation status in the progress reports for JARL AJA, JCC, JCG, and WAJA awards 14.5.5
2248 In the "WAZ bands & Modes" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab, remove the single-band Mixed checkboxes for 80m through 10m, as single-band mixed WAZ awards are no longer available 14.5.5
2249 when assembling a WAZ submission, generate a spreadsheet for each pursued WAZ award whose contents can be pasted into the CQ-provided WAZ Application spreadsheet, and produce a summary report showing the QSOs submitted for each award 14.5.5
2250 provide a WAZ Credits function that generates a spreadsheet for each pursued WAZ award containing QSOs to which WAZ credit has already been granted, and that generates a summary report showing the QSOs submitted for each award 14.5.5
2251 when performing a Recompute, clear the Region of any Chinese QSO that specifies a region (correcting a defect in DXCC database 2.5.9) 14.5.6
2167 provide the option to log imported QSOs with the SFI/A/K specified on the Configuration window's Defaults tab, which is updated by SpotCollector if running  14.5.8
2252 add Kazakhstan Oblasts to the primary subdivision database 14.5.8
2253 change name of Croation primary subdivisons from Županija to Zupanija 14.5.8
2254 inform the user on attempting to save a myQTH with fields containing too much data 14.6.0
2255 generates SOTA activator progress reports and submission files, employing a User-defined item whose caption is set to MY_SOTA_REF 14.6.0
2256 enable the IOTA Update function to process confirmation information downloaded from the IOTA web page 14.6.0
2257 the IOTA update function should characterize a QSO whose reported time is 0000-00-00 00:00:00 as "ignored" due to the missing date and time, rather than as an error 14.6.1
2258 generated SOTA submission files include the contents of each QSO's "QSL Msg" item 14.6.1
2259 generated SOTA activator submission files specify the precise QSO frequency 14.6.1
2260 the IOTA update function updates the first logged QSO within a 30-minute range surrounding the reported QSO date and time 14.6.1
2261 detects the presence of an override database and, if present, uses it 14.6.7
2262 when processing an inbound OQRS confirmation request for a QSO whose QSL_Sent item is set to 'Y' but whose QSL_Sent_Via item is not set to 'B' or 'D', set the QSO's QSL_Sent item to 'R', and set the QSO's QSL_Sent_Via item to to 'B'  (for bureau) or  'D' (for direct) as indicated in the confirmation request 14.7.0
2263 emits a Cabrillo mode of DG for any digital mode contest QSO when the contest selector is set to ARRL-RTTY, and a Cabrillo mode of RY for any digital mode contest QSO when the contest selector is not set to ARRL-RTTY. 14.7.0
2264 add CTRL and SHIFT options to the OQRS button in the QSL panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab to set the QSO's "QSL_RCVD_VIA" item to 'D' or 'B' 14.7.1
2265 accept up to 4 grid squares from an override 14.7.5
2266 add AS (aircraft scatter) to propagation selectors 14.7.9
2267 accept SUBMODE when importing a tab-delimited file, and include SUBMODE when exporting a tab-delimited file 14.7.9
2268 add JS8 and PSK2K to DefaultModes.txt 14.7.9
2269 in ADIF and tab-delimited  file import/export operations, recognize all SUBMODEs specified in ADIF 3.0.9 14.7.9
2270 include a by-continent analysis in the CQ DX Marathon report 14.8.2
2273 reference USAP database when importing QSOs 14.8.3
2274 accept an ExternalLog directive via DDE or TCP that specifies an ADIF record to log, and the following options:
- upload to Club Log
- upload to eQSL.cc
- upload to LoTW
- deduce missing information from primary subdivision and DXCC database
- update eQSL.cc membership
- update LoTW membership
- check the Override List
14.8.3
2275 add APP_N1MM_EXCHANGE1 and SRX_STRING to the "State, Province, & Section" selector in the "Replacement Options" panel on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab 14.8.4
2277 in the "Advance Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's "UTC Filter" panel, double-clicking in the "within" or "after" boxes will set them to the current date and time 14.8.5
2278 In the "Advance Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's "Duplicates" panel, add a Range box that specifies the range (in minutes) that defines a duplicate QSO 14.8.6
2281 add "low risk" totals to the CQ DX Marathon progress report 14.8.7
2282 provide the ability to specify the font color to be used to render the Capture window callsign as a function of award need: verified, unneeded, unconfirmed, unworked band/mode, unworked, or tagged special  
2283 provide the option to automatically use the colors specified on the "Spot Database Display" tab of SpotCollector's Configuration window for the Capture window's Callsign textbox font and background colors, and for the Log Page Display's background colors 14.8.8
2284 provide a <countyexplicit> QSL substitution command that either prints the QSO's county followed by the word County, or if the QSO doesn't specify a county, prints nothing 14.8.8
2285 add a "Sat Name" and a "Sat Mode" selector to the Capture window 14.8.8
2286 adds FT4 to Mode Selectors and the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's Mode filter panel 14.9.0
2287 imports and exports FT4 QSOs 14.9.0
2289 export FT4 QSOs with a submode representation 14.9.2
2290 accept a directive to populate the Filter panel textbox 14.9.3
2291 add AISAT1 and PO-101  to DefaultSatellites.txt 14.9.3
2292 add "Unworked Counties" and "Statistics by State" sections to the USA-CA progress report 14.9.7
2293 in the Secondary Subdivision database, rename South Dakota's Shannon County to Oglala Lakota County 14.9.8
2294 improve the format of the "Unworked Counties" and "Statistics by State" sections of the USA-CA progress report 14.9.8
2295 if the Capture window's "sat name" selector is not empty, clicking the Capture window's Log button will log the QSO with its "Propagation mode" item set to SAT 15.0.0
2296 if when directed to lookup callsign X, QRZ XML returns information for callsign Y, check to see if Y is included as an alias for X; if so, report only location-independent information; if not, report "callsign not found" 15.0.1
2297 notify the user if a QSO received from another application can't be logged 15.0.2
2298 when importing an ADIF file, accept a list of grid squares specified in the VUCC_GRIDS tag 15.0.2
2299 update the Secondary Subdivision Database for Alaska to match ADIF 15.0.2
2300 adds a "Copy to Windows Clipboard" command to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu 15.0.2
2301 add BO-102, NO-103, and NO-104 to the DefaultSatellites.txt file 15.0.7
2302 display a progress window while executing a script 15.0.8
2303 expanding the width of the Main window's "my QTHs" tab expands the width of the "my QTHs" table shown on that tab 15.0.9
2305 when logging via the Capture window, or via the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with "optimize for realtime QSO entry" enabled, and with Commander 14.1.8 or later running and connected to a satellite tracking application, populates the "Satellite Name" and "Satellite Mode" items with the information being reported by Commander 15.1.1
2306 when logging via the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab with "optimize for realtime QSO entry" enabled and with Commander 14.1.8 or later running and connected to a satellite tracking application, sets the Prop Mode item to "SAT" 15.1.5
2307 add QSO date to the USA-CA submission report 15.1.5
2308 provide the ability to generate user item progress reports from a script 15.1.7
2309 "Sync eQSL.cc QSLs" sets a QSO's "eQSL Member" item to 'A' if the eQSL Inbox record contains APP_EQSL_AG:1>Y 15.1.8
2310 when generating a progress report from information in a selected user-defined item,
  • any " and ' characters in the contents of the user-defined item will be treated as ` so that a progress report can be generated
  • any control characters in the contents of the user-defined item will be treated as a space character so user-defined items will be properly formatted in the progress report
  • the generated progress report will allocate enough horizontal space to show the longest user-defined item contents
15.2.0
2311 remove the "determine the DXCC entity from the 5th character in a 6-character VK9 callsign"  rule (retract enhancement #1157) 15.2.3
2312 provide a FIX-China_Hunan_CQ_Zone.txt script 15.2.3
2313 provide a WPX Update function that accepts a spreadsheet with one worksheet per mode containing callsigns to which WPX credit has been granted, and updates logged QSOs to reflect the granting of WPX credit 15.2.4
2314 add VA to Satellite Mode selectors 15.2.4
2315 set the Select items of logged QSOs to Y in QSOs whose callsigns appear in a specified text file 15.2.4
2316 update the DXCCVerification file referenced by the "DXCC Compare" function to "Kingdom of Eswatini" 15.2.5
2317 improve printer quality selection 15.2.5
2318 consider an override to end at 23:59:59Z on the specified end date 15.2.5
2319 provide FFMA support
  • add ability to generate an FFMA progress report
  • add option to populate QSL Queue with QSOs whose confirmation is "needed" for FFMA
15.2.9
2320 the "Add SWL entry to QSL Queue" command in the Log Page Display's right mouse menu provides the option of specifying a QSL message to appear on the QSL card or label 15.2.9
2321 update Club Log OQRS URL 15.3.2
2322 include a QSO's satellite name and satellite mode when submitting that QSO to eQSL 15.3.3
2323 provide a "User-specified digital mode family" selector in the "DXCC Bands & Modes" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab 15.3.3
2324 in SQL expressions, replace <USERDIGIMODE1> with a comma-delimited list of all modes in the current log's "user-specified digital mode family" 15.3.3
2325 with the "Modify QSOs" panel's "Item name" selector set to a grid square item, setting its "Item new value" to <ShortGrid> will in each QSO in the Log Page Display reduce the precision of that grid square item to 4 characters 15.3.4
2328 provide a "non-compliant ADIF" option that compensates for reported defects in the ADIF files generated by some applications 15.3.8
2329 include the submode in import, eQSL sync, and LoTW sync reports 15.4.7
2330 the Call filter filters the Log Page Display to contain QSOs with the specified callsign prepended with a ! 15.4.7
2331 changes to Japanese Secondary Subdivisions:

1. Added Nakagawa (city), JCC #4037

2. Changed status of Chikushi to deleted, JCG #40010

3. Changed status of Sasayama (city) to deleted, JCC #2722

4. Added Tanbasasayama (city), JCC #2731

5. Added Tomiya (city), JCC #0616

6. Added Takizawa (city), JCC #0316

7. Added Oamishirasato (city), JCC #1239

8. Added Nagakute (city), JCC #2040

9. Changed status of Hatogaya (city) to deleted, JCC #1326

10. Changed status of Ishikawa to deleted, JCG #30001

11. Changed status of Higashiiwai to deleted, JCG #03012

12. Changed status of Hikawa to deleted, JCG #32015

13. Changed status of Yatsuka to deleted, JCG #32017

14. Changed status of Kamitsuga to deleted, JCG #15003

15. Changed status of Hazu to deleted, JCG #20012

16. Changed name of Uryu to Uryu(Sorachi), JCG #01014

17. Removed characters after name of Niigata, Kita Ku, #080101

15.4.8
2332 inform the user when a "Sync LoTW QSOs", "Sync LoTW QSLs", or "Update from LoTW" operation produces a "Username/password incorrect" response from LoTW 15.4.9
2333 enable "Sync LoTW QSOs", "Sync LoTW QSLs" function to work correctly when the CTRL key is depressed given change to LoTW's lotwreport programmatic interface 15.4.9
2335 with realtime VUCC award checking enabled, when the "Sync LoTW QSLs" or "Update from LoTW" function reports an LoTW confirmation that does not specify a grid square on a band on which VUCC is sought, report the logged QSO's grid square and confirmation status 15.5.4
2336 with "Handling of LoTW QSL detail inconsistencies set to "Overwrite Log Data with LotW data", the after action report shows each updated item's new value, and its previously logged value 15.5.5
2337 with "Handling of LoTW QSL detail inconsistencies set to "Display a dialog box and let operator choose", the after action report shows each updated item's new value, and its previously logged value, as well as items whose values have been retained 15.5.6
2338 when reporting the results of a "Sync eQSL QSLs" or "Sync LoTW QSLs" or "Update from LoTW" function for a QSO whose QSO mode is represented by an ADIF mode and ADIF submode, report the QSO mode 15.5.7
2339 LoTW confirmations are accepted for IOTA awards 15.5.9
2340 augment the subdivision database with  Russian districts specfied in

http://rdaward.org/press16_eng.txt
15.5.9
2341 Adds HO-107 and Taurus to DefaultSatellites.txt 15.5.9
2342 if "Sync LoTW QSOs" or "Sync LoTW QSLs" are invoked with the Log Page Display filtered, offer a "cancel" option 15.6.0
2343 provide a EntityCount.txt script whose resulting log shows the number of logged QSOs with each DXCC entity prefix 15.6.0
2344 improve the after-action report generated by the "Update from LoTW" function 15.6.2
2345 provide the ability to specify envelope dimensions in inches or millimeters 15.6.3
2346 when generating an IOTA submission, choose an LoTW-confirmed QSO whose QSO partner submitted IOTA designator matches the IOTA designator in your logged QSO over an LoTW-confirmed QSO that lacks the IOTA designator match 15.6.4
2347 Adds TO-108 to DefaultSatellites.txt 15.6.9
2349 accept POTA, SOTA, and WWFF tags from SpotCollector 15.7.1
2350 eQSL confirmations are no longer accepted for RDA 15.7.1
2351 support the new FST4 mode 15.7.3
2352 improve the content of explanatory popups in the Log Page Display 15.7.5
2353 improve the content of explanatory popups in the Award Progress tables on each of the tabs on the Realtime Award Tracking window 15.7.5
2354 supports changes made in ADIF 3.1.1
  • adds a definition for FST4 to the DefaultModes.txt file
  • adds a definition for 5m to the DefaultBands.txt file
  • adds a definition for 8m to the DefaultBands.txt file
  • adds ARRL-10-GHZ to the "Contest ID" selector on the Configuration window's Contest ID tab
  • adds WW-DIGI to the "Contest ID" selector on the Configuration window's Contest ID tab
15.8.0
2355 make the default myQTH's Sig and SigInfo available to other applications 15.8.2
2356 generate a progress report for the Helvetia 26 award family 15.8.5
2357 include each QSO's email item in an exported tab-delimited file 15.8.7
2358 provide a "Prompt on change to logged QSO already uploaded to eQSL.cc and/or LoTW" option in the General panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's General tab 15.8.9
2359

enhancements to the "Uniques" function on the Main window's Check Progress tab

  • adds a Bands column to the report that shows the total number of bands worked
  • invoking the Uniques report while depressing the ALT key generates a report sorted in descending order of bands worked
  • doesn't delete \databases\UniquesReport.mdb after generating a Uniques report
  • adds a Uniques_BandTotal script command that generates a Uniques report sorted in descending order of bands worked
15.8.9
2360 when logging a QSO, include the entity-band-mode progress in the information conveyed to SpotCollector 15.9.2
2361 improve label column widths 15.9.3
2362 provide a "Check LoTW Queue" function on the Main window's QSL tab when the "QSL Via" panel is set to LoTW 15.9.3
2363 provide the option to maintain the default station callsign, operator callsign and owner callsign in a log file 15.9.3
2364 provide the option to display the Configuration window's defaults tab whenever a log file is opened 15.9.3
2365 simplify the display of the current hour's estimated LoTW Queue duration, and clear it after the end of the current hour 15.9.4
2366 improve the contents of the tooltip associated with the estimated LoTW Queue duration 15.9.4
2367 improve the readability of date-and-times shown on the Main window's QSL tab 15.9.5
2368 display the default Station Callsign in the Main window's title bar, enclosed by curly braces 15.9.6
2369 add a "Set Select to Y'" option to the Log Page Display's right-mouse popup menu 15.9.9
2370 add "by band" and "by mode" totals to Marathon progress reports 16.0.0
2371 when importing an ADIF file that contains a APP_DXLOG_RCVD field, import its contents into the QSO's rx_info item 16.0.1
2372 when importing an ADIF file that contains a APP_DXLOG_RECINFO, APP_DXLOG_RECINFO2, or APP_DXLOG_RECINFO3 field, import its contents into the QSO's rx_info item if a "higher priority" field is not present in the QSO Record 16.0.2
2373 when double-clicking a Spot Database Entry in SpotCollector sends a NewEntry directive to DXKeeper with SpotCollector's "Log Filter" set to "call" and DXKeeper's "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" disabled, sets DXKeeper's Filter panel textbox to the Spot Database Entry's callsign 16.0.4
2374 add SX to the Satellite Mode selector 16.0.5
2375 provides a "Set Select" panel on the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window
  • whose "From Callsign File" function prompts the user to select a file contains one callsign per line, and then sets the Select item of each QSO in the Log Page Display with a callsign specified in that file
  • whose "Clear Select" function set the Select item to 'N'  in all QSOs in the current log
16.0.5
2376 extend the "From Callsign File" function to treat the space character as a callsign delimiter in the selected text file 16.0.6
2377 on startup, if the file SatelliteModes.txt is present in DXKeeper's Databases folder, loads its contents into the Satellite Mode selector in Capture window and in the Propagation panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab 16.0.6
2378 when double-clicking a Spot Database Entry in SpotCollector sends a NewEntry directive to WinWarbler with SpotCollector's "Log Filter" set to "call" and DXKeeper's "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" disabled, sets DXKeeper's Filter panel textbox to the Spot Database Entry's callsign 16.0.7
2379 if when directed to log a QSO by another application and unable to add an entry to the log's QSO table, wait 10 ms and retry 16.0.8
2380 provides a "Create Mobile myQTHID" option on the Main window's "Import QSOs"  tab 16.0.8
2381 if when directed to log a QSO by another application and unable to add an entry to the log's QSO table, close and re-open the recordset, and then retry 16.0.9
2382 depressing the CTRL key while clicking the "Check LoTW Queue" button directs your default web browser to display the LoTW Server's processing queue history and current status 16.0.9
2383 support 67 new submodes added to ADIF 3.1.2: DOM-M, DOM4, DOM5, DOM8, DOM11, DOM16, DOM22, DOM44, DOM88, HELLX5, HELLX9, SLOWHELL, FST4W, JTMS, MFSK64L, MFSK128L, Q65, 8PSK125, 8PSK125F, 8PSK125FL, 8PSK250, 8PSK250F, 8PSK250FL, 8PSK500, 8PSK500F, 8PSK1000, 8PSK1000F, 8PSK1200F, PSK63RC20, PSK63RC32, PSK63RC4, PSK63RC5, PSK63RC10, PSK125RC10, PSK125RC12, PSK125RC16, PSK125RC4, PSK125RC5, PSK250RC2, PSK250RC3, PSK250RC5, PSK250RC6, PSK250RC7, PSK500RC2, PSK500RC3, PSK500RC4, PSK800RC2, PSK1000RC2, THOR-M, THOR4, THOR5, THOR8, THOR11, THOR16, THOR22, THOR25X4, THOR50X1, THOR50X2, THOR100, THRBX1, THRBX2, THRBX4, THROB1, THROB2, THROB4, NAVTEX, SITORB 16.1.0
2384 includes a Normalize_ITU.txt script in its Scripts folder than removes leading zeroes from the ITU items of logged QSOs 16.1.0
2385 ignore control characters and leading spaces in responses from Club Log 16.1.1
2386 include SAT_NAME in ADIF records sent to or destined for Club Log 16.1.1
2387 enable filtering of VUCC progress by gridsquare 16.1.3
2388 use less resources when expanding the Mode field capacity from 8 to 12 characters 16.1.4
2390 provide row-by-row control over the Capture window layout 16.1.7
2391 if  "Sync LoTW QSOs" encounters a duplicate QSO, set its Select item to 'Y' 16.2.0
2392 provides the Duplicate filter with a Merge option to that harvests information from duplicate QSOs whose Select items are set to 'Y' and places it into empty items in the  QSO whose Select item will not be set to 'Y' 16.2.0
2393 provides the "Duplicate Checking panel on the Main window's "Import QSOs" tab with a "Merge information from each duplicate into the existing QSO" option that when enabled updates information not present in an existing QSO with information harvested from an imported duplicate QSO 16.2.1
2394 when double-clicking a callsign in Commander's Bandspread or Spectrum-Waterfall windows with SpotCollector's "Log Filter" set to "call" and DXKeeper's "Display previous QSOs on Lookup" disabled, direct DXKeeper to populate its Filter panel textbox to the double-clicked callsign 16.2.1
2395 include the GRIDSQUARE and VUCC_GRIDS items when submitting a QSO to Club Log, and recognize Club Log's new "Updated" response 16.2.4
2396 set a QSO's ClubLog item to 'M' if one of its gridsquares is cleared or set to a valid gridsquare, or if the confirmation status of any of its gridsquare changes, or if the VUCC credit status of its gridsquares changes 16.2.5
2397 when uploading a QSO to ClubLog, include the ADIF QSLRDATE, QSLSDATE, OPERATOR, BAND_RX, QSL_SENT, NOTES, and CREDIT_GRANTED fields 16.2.5
2398 if the "include eQSL.cc QSLs in DXCC, VUCCC, WAS, WAC, & Maidenhead Grid progress" option is enabled, set a QSO's ClubLog item to 'M' if its GRIDSQUARE item is confirmed via eQSL 16.2.6
2399 when uploading a QSO to ClubLog, include the ADIF eQSL_QSL_Rcvd fields 16.2.7
2400 in panels on the Main window's Log QSOs tab, interpret CTRL-N a shortcut to the QSL# item 16.2.9
2401 in the Filter panel at the bottom of the Main window's Log QSOs tab, interpret CTRL-N a shortcut to the QSL# item 16.3.3
2402 add Q65 to the "Mode Filter" panel on the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window 16.3.4
2403 enable Modify and ModifyWithoutBackup script commands to computationally modify a QSO's freq or rx_freq item 16.3.5
2404 reference the RDA database (if present) to determine a Russian callsign's Oblast and District 16.3.6
2405 import DARC_DOK in addition to APP_DXKeeper_DOK ; export DARC_DOK 16.3.6
2407 on the Main window's "Export QSOs" tab, add SRX to the "Replacement Options" panel's "Station, Province, & Section" selector 16.3.6
2408 add <QSOBegin> and <QSOEnd> QSL substitution commands 16.3.6
2409 Extends the Main window's QSL tab's "QSL Via" panel's "save to ADIF file" and "save to Tab-delimited file" options to include the QSO's End time 16.3.6
2410 the RAC award accepts LoTW confirmations 16.3.6
2411 remove support for the now-defunct "Global QSL" remote printing service 16.3.6
2412 when using "QRZ XML data" as a callbook and a nickname is reported, use it in preference to the reported first name 16.3.6
2413 provide a Need filter that populates the Needed item of each QSO in the Log Page Display based on whether its confirmation would advance award progress towards the DXCC, IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, WPX award on the bands and modes sought 16.3.6
2406 provide the option to display QSOs not confirmed via LoTW that are "needed" for DXCC, IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, WPX 16.3.6
2407 if the RDA database is installed in DXView, reference it to determine a Russian or USSR callsign's DXCC entity, Oblast, and District
 - take the QSO Begin date of an already-logged QSO into account when determining a Russian or USSR callsign's DXCC entity, Oblast, and District
 - with "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" disabled when logging a QSO via a Main window's "Log QSOs" tab and the mouse cursor positioned in the "QSO Begin" item, striking the Enter key re-evaluates a Russian or USSR callsign's DXCC entity, Oblast, and District based on the callsign and QSO Begin date
16.3.6
2408 modify the CBA function to not modify confirmed items when invoked with the CTRL key depressed 16.3.7
2409 modify the CBA function to query the RDA database, if installed 16.3.7
2410 when the CBA function is invoked with the Callbook set to "QRZ.com via Pathfinder", determines if the operation will take longer than 1 minute given the 15 lookups-per-minute rate, and if so informs the user of the expected duration and requests permission to proceed 16.3.7
2411 when logging a British callsign via the Capture window, hide the Region selector's ? button so a full WAB square designator is visible 16.3.7
2412 handle callbooks that report a Canadian province as a state 16.3.7
2413 provide an option that determines whether the CBA function generates a Callbook Lookup Actions Report 16.3.9
2414 retract eQSL "Download Images" function 16.4.1
2415 adds AO-109, KEDR, HO-113, MAYA-3, MAYA-4, and UVSQ to the DefaultSatellites.txt file 16.4.1
2416 provide a new "Spot POTA, SOTA, & WWFF tags" option in the "Outgoing Spots" panel on the Configuration window's General tab 16.4.1
2417 when importing an ADIF file with "Enable Override checking"  enabled, extracts information from <SEC:> tags in an Override's Location field 16.4.4
2418 updates the Secondary Subdivision database to include a table that relates counties in California, Florida, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Washington to ARRL sections, and references this table when
  • logging new QSOs via the Capture window or the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab
  • extracting information from already-logged QSOs
  • performing Callbook lookups
  • importing an ADIF file with "Deduce missing items..." or "Query callbook..." or "Enable Override checking"  enabled
  • performing a "lookup" operation at the direction of another application (like WinWarbler)

16.4.4
2419 provide a new "Spot IOTA, POTA, SOTA, & WWFF tags" option in the "Outgoing Spots" panel on the Configuration window's General tab 16.4.4
2420 increase the speed of multiple-QSO CBA lookups and import operations that use "QRZ via Pathfinder" by more accurately implementing the required 15-lookups-per-minute pacing 16.4.5
2422 when importing QSOs, accept 8-digit grid squares 16.4.6
2423 adds MO-112 to the DefaultSatellites.txt file 16.4.7
2424 restore eQSL image download function with 1 second pacing 16.5.3
2425 provide a "Default Propagation Mode by band" panel on the Configuration window's Defaults tab 16.5.7
2426 add CAS-2T to the DefaultSatellites.txt file 16.5.8
2427 when logging a QSO received from another application that does not specify a myQTH ID and with no myQTHs defined, references the default QTH Latitude and Longitude to compute distance 16.5.8
2428 adds 'R' to the "QSL Sent Via" selector, meaning "Reply Card", exporting this to an ADIF file with

 

<QSL_SENT_VIA:1>D <APP_DXKEEPER_QSL_SENT_VIA_REPLY_CARD:1>Y


- when the "QSL Via" panel on the Main window's QSL tab is not set to eQSL or LoTW, provide an "Include QSLs to be sent via Reply Cards" checkbox in the "Process QSLs and Addresses" panel
 
- adds "Add Needed sets Sent Via to 'R' (for Reply Card) to the "Add Needed" panel on the "QSL Configuration" window's General tab
16.5.9
2429 after a Reply Card is printed for a QSO, the "Update Log" function sets that QSO's "QSL Sent Via" item to 'R' (for "Reply Card") 16.6.0
2430 adds ARRL-DIGI to the Contest-ID selector on the Configuration window's Contest tab, and supports Cabrillo generation for ARRL-DIGI QSOs 16.6.0
2431 when importing a QSO or receiving a QSO from another application that does not specify an azimuth or distance, compute them if the QSO specifies sufficient information 16.6.3
2432 supports modes and submodes defined in ADIF 3.1.3, adding them to DefaultModes.txt in DXKeeper's Databases folder:
  - submodes of DIGITALVOICE: C4M, CMR, DSTART
  - mode DYNAMIC with submodes: VARA HF, VARA SATELLITE, VARA FM 1200, VARA FM 9600
16.6.5
2433 adds GWAVE and LOW to the propagation mode selectors (ground wave, line of sight) 16.6.5
2434 update the Primary Subdivision Database for South Korea (country code 137)

- add entry for Sejong
- add entry for Special Island
- update province names
16.6.5
2435 corrects the Primary Subdivision Database for Skåne län in Sweden by changing the code from L to M (tnx to Bjorn SM7IUN) 16.6.5
2436 adds tables to the Secondary Subdivision Database for municipalities in Spain, Baleric Islands, Canary Islands, Ceuta, and Melita 16.6.5
2437 add the K1USN Slow Speed Test (K1USN-SST), the Vermont QSO Party (VT-QSO-PARTY), and Winter Field Day (WFD) to Contest ID selectors; note that documentation of Cabrillo templates for these contests could not be located, so Cabrillo generation is not supported 16.6.5
2438 adds CAS-2T to DefaultSatellites.txt in DXKeeper's Databases folder 16.6.5
485 generate a myQTH report; include the number of QSOs made from each myQTH 16.6.6
2439 in the QRZ panel on the Configuration window's Callbook tab, expand the name of the "Ignore geocoded grid squares" option to "Ignore geocoded grid squares, latitudes, and longitudes" 16.6.7
2440 provides a "Preferred Location Source" panel on the Configuration window's Callbook tab 16.6.7
2441 provide a "Substitute default Propagation mode for missing PROP_MODE" option in the "Substitution options" panel on the Configuration window's Defaults tab 16.7.1
2442 accept a Check command via TCP that filters the Log Page Display to contain all QSOs with the specified callsign 16.7.6
2443 add PE to ARRL Section selectors 16.7.7
2444 assign QSOs with the province of PE to the ARRL section of PE 16.7.8
2445 provide a YASME progress report that recognizes confirmations via QSL card, eQSL, and LoTW 16.8.1
2446 enable the YASME progress report to be invoked from a script 16.8.2
2447 include the YASME database in the "Database Info" window 16.8.3
2448 on the Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers window, provide the ability to set Select to Y or N in all QSOs in the Log Page Display 16.8.4
2449 extend upper bound of the SUBMM band to 75000000000 MHz in compliance with forthcoming ADIF 3.1.4 16.8.6
2450 provide a "print grid lines" option on the "QSL Configuration" window's "QSL Labels" tab 16.9.1
2451 left-justify the Band column on printed QSL labels 16.9.1
2453 when generating a CQ DX Marathon Progress Report or Submission, identifies and reports QSOs whose logged CQ zone is inconsistent information from the DXCC, RDA, or USAP databases and whose "Zone Risk" items are nominal, and sets their "Zone Risk" items to High 16.9.2
2454 considers LoTW confirmations to be valid for JARL WAJA, JCC, JCG, and AGA awards 16.9.2
2455 when generating a CQ DX Marathon Progress Report or Submission, reference the Override list for when checking for CQ zone consistency 16.9.3
2456 import and export the CLUBLOG_QSO_UPLOAD_STATUS and CLUBLOG_QSO_UPLOAD_DATE fields; continue to import the App_DXKeeper_ClubLog and APP_DXKeeper_ClubLogDate fields 16.9.4
2457 add FREEDV and M17 as submodes of the DIGITALVOICE mode (ADIF 3.1.4)  16.9.7
2458 add EA-MAJESTAD-CW,EA-MAJESTAD-SSB, and ICWC-MST to ContestID selector (ADIF 3.1.4) 16.9.7
2459 in the Secondary Subdivision Database for Japan, remove the word Ku from the 23 cities within Tokyo  16.9.8
2460 add CA-5A and IO-117 to DefaultSatellites.txt 16.9.9
2461 add FO-118 to DefaultSatellites.txt 16.9.9
2462 update the URL associated with the Club Log panel's Home button 16.9.9
2463 support the new ADIF Region field 17.0.0
2464 provide a 5BWAC.txt script that generates a 5-band WAC progress report 17.0.1
2465 in the Capture window, depressing the ALT key while clicking the Lookup button forgoes harvesting information from previously logged QSOs with the callsign 17.0.2
2466 in the Capture window, depressing the ALT key while clicking the Lookup button clears all location-based items and then populates Capture items from an override (if present) and the selected callbook 17.0.3
2467 support 30m, 17m, and 30m mixed WAZ awards 17.0.3
2468 extends the Recompute function to populate or correct each QSO's "ARRL Section" item 17.0.4
2469 in the Marathon progress report, change the name of DXCC entity 468 to "Kingdom of Eswatini" 17.0.4
2470 extends the Recompute function to populate missing "ARRL Section" items and report inconsistent "ARRL Section" items unless it is invoked with the ALT key depressed, in which case it will correct inconsistent "ARRL Section" items 17.0.5
2471 provides a Fix_VE_Sections.txt script that updates the Sections in Canadian QSOs to reflect changes instituted by RAC 17.0.6
2472 provides a 5BCanada.txt script that generates a RAC CanadaAward progress report from 80m, 40m, 20m, 15m, and 10m 17.0.6
2473 reflect "Update to RAC Field Organization" https://www.rac.ca/changes-to-the-rac-field-organization-effective-january-1-2023/

- add sections to the Section selectors in the Capture window, the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, and the  Configuration window's Contest tab: GH, NB, NS, TER

- remove sections from the Section selectors in the Capture window, and the Configuration window's Contest tab: GTA, MAR, NT
17.0.6
2474 a change to a QSO's "eQSL QSL Rcvd" item other than to 'X' will change its Club Log item from Y to M 17.0.6
  a change to a QSO's "QSL Rcvd" or  "LoTW QSL Rcvd" item to 'X' will not change its Club Log item from Y to M 17.0.6
2475 when syncing with LoTW, inform the user if LoTW's Download Abuse Protector is triggered 17.0.9
2476 adds a new "Comma-delimited List" style for user-defined items 17.0.9
2477 extends the "User Item" progress report to accept multiple tags specified in a user-defined item whose style is "Comma-delimited List" 17.0.9
2478 In the "Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers" window's "Modify QSOs" panel, the "Item New Value" can be set to <AppendUDI X,Y, Z> where X, Y, and Z specify user-defined items whose contents are appended with comma separators to the selected Item Name 17.0.9
2479 If a user-defined item whose ADIF box is checked specifies a caption of either POTA or POTA_REF,
populate it when importing from a POTA_REF field and export it ot a POTA_REF field
17.1.0
2480 If a double-clicked Spot Database entry specifies a POTA tag and if a user-defined item whose ADIF box is checked specifies a caption of either POTA or POTA_REF, populate that user-defined item in the Capture window with that POTA tag 17.1.1
2481 Add a "Copy to Clipboard" button to the Print Preview window that when clicked copies the preview to the Windows Clipboard 17.1.1
2482 Extend WAS Realtime Award Tracking to include WAS FT8 and FT4 endorsements 17.1.1
2484 Provide a Recompute button on the Configuration window's Awards tab 17.1.2
2485 On the "QSL Configuration" window's eQSL and LoTW tabs, the Account window displayed by clicking the Update button is made "always on top" to ensure visibility 17.1.2
2486 in the reports generated by eQSL and LoTW "sync" functions, precede error messages with "Error: " so they can more easily be identified 17.1.2
2487 improved support for uploading QSOs to Club Log, and added support for updating logged QSOs to reflect confirmation via Club Log
  • added "Club Log rcvd" and "Club Log rcvd date" items to each QSO

  • added  a "Club Log" subpanel to the "Online QSL" panel on the Main Window's "Log QSOs" tab whose visibility is controlled by a new "Club & QRZ" checkbox in the "Log Panels" panel on the Configuration window's Log tab

  • a QSO's IOTA field is now included in the information uploaded to Club Log

  • updated IOTA realtime award tracking to consider Club Log confirmations

  • Updated the IOTA progress report to display and count Club Log confirmations

  • Updated the WAE and WIA progress reports to display and count Club Log confirmations

  • Added "Club Log" as an option in the "QSL Via"  panel on the Main window's QSL tab; with this option selected

    • the upload functions previously provided in the "Club Log" panel on the  Main window's "Check Progress" tab are now provided on the Main window's QSL tab

    • a "Sync Club Log QSLs" function is now available

 

17.1.4
  added support for uploading QSOs to QRZ, and added support for updating logged QSOs to reflect confirmation via QRZ
  • added "QRZ sent", "QRZ sent date", "QRZ rcvd", "QRZ rcvd date" and QRZ LogID tems to each QSO

  • added  a "QRZ" subpanel to the "Online QSL" panel on the Main Window's "Log QSOs" tab whose visibility is controlled by a new "Club & QRZ" checkbox in the "Log Panels" panel on the Configuration window's Log tab

  • Added "QRZ" as an option in the "QSL Via"  panel on the Main window's QSL tab; with this option selected

    • an "Upload to QRZ" function is now available

    • a "Sync QRZ QSLs" function is now available

  • Added "Upload to QRZ" and "Delete from QRZ" commands to the right mouse menu that appears when right-clicking an entry in the Log Page Display

  • Added a QSL tab to the "QSL Configuration" window that provides

    • QRZ authentication (callsign and password)

    • QRZ logbook selection

    • the option to automatically upload each logged QSO to QRZ

17.1.4
2488 selecting a QSO whose ARRL/RAC section is not a valid section abbreviation - like VE3 - will display the invalid section abbreviation, and  flash the word ARRL to its left in blue font. 17.1.4
2489 update IOTA realtime tracking when a QSO that specifies an IOTA tag is confirmed via LoTW 17.1.4
2490 provide additional Help buttons to the Advanced Sorts, Filters, and Modifiers window 17.1.4
2491 extend Worked All Italian Provinces award report to consider LotW confirmations 17.1.4
2492 add an IOTA checkbox to the Main window's myQTHs tab that determines whether QSOs made from a myQTH are valid for IOTA awards 17.1.4
2493 clicking the currently-selected entry in the Log Page Display directs DXView and Pathfinder to perform a lookup operation on the entry's callsign 17.1.4
2494 add LEDSAT to DefaultSatellites.txt 17.1.4
2595 when reporting a new confirmation, the "Sync LoTW QSLs" and "Sync eQSL QSLs functions indicate if the QSO is marked "invalid or ignore" 17.1.4
2596 increase the number of myQTHs from 1024 to 4096 17.1.4
2597 accept SetNeeded and ClearNeeded commands in scripts 17.1.4
2598 extend the "QSL Stats" report to include Club Log and QRZ confirmations 17.1.4
2599 If the the "Confirmed QSOs are low risk "option is enabled, the Marathon submission generator will automatically consider countries and Marathon zones of QSOs confirmed via Club Log, or QRZ to be low risk , as well as QSOs confirmed via LoTW and authenticity-guaranteed members of eQSL 17.1.4
2600 invoking a the Marathon Progress Report will not set a logged QSO's CQ Zone Risk item to 'H' if the QSO's CQ Zone is confirmed via LoTW, even if that QSO's CQ zone doesn't match the USAP database's CQ Zone (for FCC-licensed station) or DXCC database (for non-FCC-licensed stations) 17.1.4
2601 add a QRZ panel to the Main window's "Check Progress" tab that provides
  • a "World DX" button that generates a progress report for QRZ's "World DX" award, which considers only QSOs confirmed via QRZ; this progress report can be invoked from a script using the Report command with its first parameter set to QRZ-DXCC-World
17.1.4
2602 if MSWinsck cannot be installed, display the steps that will enable it to be installed 17.1.4
2603 On the Main window's myQTH panel
  • change the caption Pri Sub to Pri Name

  • change the caption Sec Sub to Sec Name

  • change the caption Country Sub to Country Name

  • added the DXCC code item, which specifies the AIDF code for the myQTH's DXCC entity, and exports it to ADIF using MY_DXCC

  • added the Pri code item, which specifies the ADIF code for the myQTH's primary administrative subdivision, and exports it to ADIF using MY_STATE

  • added the Sec code item, which specifies the ADIF code for the myQTH's secondary administrative subdivision, and exports it to AIDF using MY_CNTY

 

17.1.4
2604 when downloading from Club Log, eQSL, LoTW, or QRZ and a "download error" occurs, direct the web browser specified in the Guidance panel (Configuration window's General tab) to display the specific error message 17.1.5
2608 add ARRL-EME to the CONTEST_ID selector on the Configuration window's Contest tab 17.2.0
2609 when uploading a QSO to Club Log, eQSL, or LoTW whose callsign begins with !, remove the ! from the uploaded callsign 17.2.0
2610 add a "Upload QSOs whose callsigns begin with !" box to the Options tab on the QSL  Configuration window's General tab that, when checked, enables callsigns that begin with ! to be uploaded to Club Log, eQSL, LoTW, and QRZ with the ! removed from the callsigns before uploading 17.2.0
2611 add INSPR7 to DefaultSatellites.txt 17.2.0
2612 The WAZ Submission window's "Verify Submission" function changes the "Club Log" item in each WAZ-verified QSO from 'Y' to 'M' 17.2.1
2613 The VUCC Submission window's "Verify Submission" function changes the "Club Log" item in each VUCC-verified QSO from 'Y' to 'M' 17.2.2
2615 provide a "Sync QRZ QSLs downloads ADIF" option on the "QSL Configuration window's QRZ tab that when enabled causes the "Sync QRZ QSLs" function to direct QRZ to download ADIF records rather than LogIDs 17.2.4
2616 "Sync Club Log QSLs" and "Sync QRZ QSLs" automatically clear any Log Page Display filter 17.2.5
2617 "Upload to QRZ" reports the number of QSOs replaced in the QRZ Logbook 17.2.5
2606 provide Sat and EME options in "WAZ Bands & Modes" panel that when enabled cause the WAZ Progress Report to include Satellite and EME progress 17.3.0
2618 extend the WAS Progress and WAS Submission reports to indicate whether or not they are limited to QRP QSOs 17.3.0
2619 when importing an ADIF file, tolerate a GRIDSQUARE field that specifies a list of up to 4 comma-delimited gridsquares 17.3.0
2620 with "log debugging info" enabled, record the reason a QSO is not included in Marathon Realtime Award Tracking 17.3.6
2621 add QRP as a Marathon Cas 17.3.6
2622 when uploading a QSO to QRZ, includes the LoTW QSL Sent, LoTW QSL Sent Date, LoTW QSL Rcvd Date, eQSL Sent, eQSL QSL Sent Date, and eQSL QSL Rcvd Date fields 17.3.6
2623 add SO-121 to DefaultSatellites.txt 17.3.7
2625 improve section titles in the Marathon Progress report 17.3.9
2626 add UU to the Satellite Mode selectors 17.4.1
2627 on the Configuration window's Awards tab, provide a "Display Progress in bold font" option in a new "Realtime Award Tracking" panel that controls the display of information in the Realtime Award Tracking window's tabs 17.4.1
2628 add updated TQSL error descriptions 17.4.8
2629 include "Challenge Class" score in the Marathon progress report 17.4.8
2630 Update Secondary Subdivision Database to reflect JARL changes:

1. marked undeleted 1119 Ayase (city)

 

2. marked undeleted 35010 Toyota

 

3. marked undeleted 43005 Kamimashiki

 

4. added 180208 Hamamatsu, Chuo Ku

 

5. added 180209 Hamamatsu, Hamana Ku

 

6. marked deleted 180201 Naka

 

7. marked deleted 180202 Higashi

 

8. marked deleted 180203 Nishi

 

9. marked deleted 180204 Minami

 

10. marked deleted 180205 Kita

 

11. marked deleted 180206 Hamakita


17.4.9
2631 Add a Challenge checkbox to the "Marathon Bands & Modes" panel on the Configuration window's Awards tab that when checked

 - checks the panel's 80m, 40m, 30m, 20m, 17m, 15m, 12m, and 10m boxes, enabling realtime award tracking for Marathon on those bands

- adds Challenge statistics to the Marathon Progress Report

In the "Year, Class, Category, and Submission Information" window,

 - adds a Challenge button to the Class  panel

 - removes references to a Scoresheet

The Marathon Submission function generates a submission file in XML and an accompanying submission report

17.5.1
2632 makes the dialog box displayed when "Sync LoTW QSLs" detects an inconsistency and the  "Handling of LoTW QSL detail inconsistencies" panel is set to "Display a dialog box and let operator choose..." always on top 17.5.4
2633 extend the "Sync LoTW QSLs" and "Recompute" functions to report QSOs that specify an undefined myQTH 17.5.4
2635 added Sud Sardegna (SU)  to the list of Sardinian Provinces, the new name of Carbonia-Iglesias (CI) since 2017-01-01 17.5.5
2636 adds 5BWAS to the Award selector on the "WAS Submission" window that enables creation of a 5BWAS Submission Report 17.5.8
2637 provide a "Report unmatched QSLs as errors" option on the "QSL Configuration" window's QRZ tab 17.6.0
2638 expand the QRZ LogID item from a long integer to an unbound string 17.6.1
2639 ALT-clicking the "Upload to QRZ" button submits all QSOs in the Log Page Display 17.6.3
2640 ALT-clicking the "Upload to Club Log" button submits all QSOs in the Log Page Display 17.6.3
2641 errorlog.txt file header reports when running on Windows 11 17.6.7
2642 the callsign progress window is updated when a QSO with the station is logged, updated,  or deleted 17.6.7
2643 the callsign progress window is updated when a QSO with the station is confirmed via LoTW, or imported from an ADIF or tab-delimited file 17.6.8
2644 closing the Comment Editor or QSL Msg Editor window asks the user whether to update the destination item with un-saved characters 17.7.4
2647 add ARI-EME to Contest-ID selectors (Italian EME Trophy) 17.7.7
2648 add MO-122 to DefaultSatellites.txt 17.7.7
2649 extends the IOTA Update function handles new band and mode fields now present in .csv file downloaded from IOTA 17.7.7
2650

when the "Display LotW Queue" function is invoked, perform a quick check on the availability of

 

http://www.arrl.org/logbook-queue-status

 

before invoking the URLDownloadToFile function; if that web page is not available, inform the user and terminate the operation.If an attempt to an invoke URLDownloadToFile fails with "resource not found”, immediately reports  this failure to the user and provide the opportunity to abort subsequent retries.

17.7.8
2651 when clicking the QSL panel's CFM button on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab, depress CTRL to also set the QSO's "RCVD VIA" item to 'D' or depress ALT  to also set "RCVD VIA" to 'B' 17.8.1
2652 the WAS Submission and VUCC Submission windows each have an independent Preference selector that determines to which submission a QSO confirmed via both QSL Card and LoTW is added; these new Preference selectors replace the "VUCC & WAS Submission panel" previously provided on the Configuration window's Awards tab 17.8.1
2653 provides a new "Sync All" operation driven by a new "Sync All" panel on the "QSL Configuration window's General tab 17.8.1
2654 ADIF 3.1.5 support
- recognize QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_DATE when importing ADIF or TDF
- recognize QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_STATUS when importing ADIF or TDF
- ADIF export QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_DATE instead of APP_DXKeeper_QRZcom_QSLRDate
- ADIF export QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_STATUS instead of APP_DXKeeper_QRZcom_QSL_Rcvd
 - TDF export QRZCOM_QSO_DOWNLOAD_STATUS instead of APP_DXKeeper_QRZcom_QSL_Rcvd
17.8.4
2655 Add support for the FSKH245 and FSKH105 digital modes 17.8.4
2656
  • Add to the Contest-ID selectors:
  • ARI-IAC-13CM ARI Italian Activity Contest (13cm+)
  • ARI-IAC-23CM ARI Italian Activity Contest (23cm)
  • ARI-IAC-6M ARI Italian Activity Contest (6m)
  • ARI-IAC-UHF ARI Italian Activity Contest (UHF)
  • ARI-IAC-VHF ARI Italian Activity Contest (VHF)
  • DARC-FT4 DARC FT4 Contest
  • K1USN-SSO K1USN Slow Speed Open
  • PCC PCCPro CW Contest
 
2657 If a callbook lookup returns an invalid IOTA tag, ignore it 17.8.4
2658 ADIF 3.1.5 Primary Subdivision updates and additions per

https://adif.org.uk/proposed/315/ADIF_315_annotated.htm#Primary_Administrative_Subdivision

(deprecated entries have name marked with a trailing X)
 - 11 Andaman and Nicobar Is (new)
 - 21 Balearic Is
 - 22 Jan Mayen (new)
 - 29 Canary Is
 - 50 Mexico
 - 70 Cuba (new)
 - 108 Brazil
 - 112 Chile
 - 132 Paraguay
 - 142 Lakshadweep Is (new)
 - 144 Uruguay
 - 163 Papua New Guinea
 - 170 New Zealand
 - 225 Sardinia
 - 227 France
 - 230 Germany
 - 245 Ireland
 - 259 Svalbard (new)
 - 263 Netherlands
 - 266 Norway (new)
 - 275 Romania
 - 281 Spain
 - 284 Sweden
 - 324 India (new)
 - 375 Phillippines
17.8.5
2659 don't change a QSO's "QRZ Sent" item from 'Y' to 'M' when its confirmed via LoTW 17.8.5
2660 don't include any LoTW status in the QSO record submitted to QRZ 17.8.5
2661 add a "Sync All" button to the right of the Filter panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab 17.8.5
2662 adds AO-123 and SONATE to DefaultSatellites.txt 17.8.5
161 automation for filenames, URLs, and email addresses in the notes (comment) item
180 If a myQTH item caption is rendered in red when a myQTH Save is attempted, begin blinking the red captions until the myQTH items are successfully saved
186 Track user modification of QSO Info on an item-by-item basis so that clearing all Main or Capture window items is unnecessary after a Callbook lookup on an erroneous callsign
192 Optionally provide a warning on startup if a backup has not been made during the past week
196 When setting the Address item via a Callbook lookup, don't include the country name if the operator resides in that country
207 Optionally create a master callsign database
  • means to populate it from existing log files
  • maintain currency as new QSOs are added to any log file
  • ability to quickly show previous QSOs with a station, independent of log file

213 provide an alternative "single QSO" QSL label format that allows more room for QSL notes and QSL manager, and is driven by substitution commands so that users can control content

allow multiple formats to be defined, and allow the user to select the format to be used in a batch; this allows back-of-envelope labels to be generated, for example


246 create and maintain a County progress table in each log, and notify the user when a county is needed; consider implementing in a separate award tracking application
262 60m, 1.25M, 4M, 70CM, and 23CM award tracking
264 control order as well as content from the Config window's Log Page Display panel - use a pair of lists (candidate items, selected items) rather than a single grid
280 update DXView when the Capture window's grid item is updated
301 user-configurable report writer
303 ability to plot the DXCC entities selected by the filters on DXKeeper's Award Progress tab
316 optionally use Roman Numerals to designate months on QSL cards and labels
319 option for "Needed" to mean "work each entity on every band-mode combination" (add an all band-modes box to the Progress tab's DXCC/TOP panel)
325 print preview for address labels
333 ability to reveal why a particular QSO is broken
337 comprehensive QSO error checker (examine each QSO)
349 add "Buro service" to entity table in DXCC database; provide qualifiers on Main window's QSL tab that limit AddNeeded and AddRequested to QSOs with entities that offer Buro service, or don't offer Buro service
355 ability to query an Access database or Excel spreadsheet containing callbook-style information
370 add totals for band countries, mode countries, DXCC Challenge, etc. to the QSL kind report
371 before creating a backup, verify that the selected volume contains sufficient space
372 if while running Sync LotW QSLs a new band-country or mode-country is confirmed, display a submission reminder if the  "Display DXCC Submission reminder" box is checked
389 changing a logged QSO's DXCC prefix in the Main window should automatically perform a new "lookup" and update the Continent, CQ Zone, ITU zone, state, province, Iota tag, gridsquare, etc.
398 option to accept additional information from imported duplicates
410 update Log Page Display control to current version
419 automate the log restore operation
424 if the imported record does not include a DXCC (country code), state, province, CQ zone, or ITU zone tag but does include an ARRL section tag, attempt to determine the missing information from the ARRL section and callsign
447 optional way to visually distinguish QSOs made on different days (in the Log Page display)
449 add a Prev button to the Print Preview window
451 extract previous QSO information during a DDE query in "entity" mode
456 when creating a QSL Queue entry, store a bookmark to the logged QSO; dereference this bookmark in Update Log and Clear QSL Queue to improve performance
457 ability to sort the myQTH table
463 if "check duplicates" is unchecked, verify that the first QSO being imported isn't an exact duplicate; if it is, ask the user whether the operation should continue
470 provide an ADIF audit trail -- append ADIF for each QSO to a specified file, close the file, and re-open the file after each QSO is logged
475 ability to control which QSL pages are printed
476 When a valid callsign C is entered into a QSO's Via item in either the Main or Capture windows, DXKeeper searches the log in reverse chronological order hunting for a QSO whose Via item contains C and whose Address item contains non-empty text A. On finding such a QSO, the original QSO's Address item is set to A.

Be able to invoke this from the Address editor when working in the QSL Queue


479 CTRL-Save in the Address Editor should search the Log Page Display or QSL Queue (depending on where it was invoked) for previous QSOs with the same base callsign or the same QSL Manager and offer to update the address of each; a previous QSO already contains an address, ask the user whether to retain it or overwrite it with the new address
480 add "deleted only" choice to the Award Progress panel on the Main window's Check Progress tab
488 provide the option for the "Add Needed" to generate an outgoing QSL card for any QSO that is needed and unconfirmed
489 If confirmation is needed for any of the QSOs on the label, the bottom message is "pse QSL!"; if confirmation is needed for none of the QSOs on the label, the bottom message is "tnx QSL!" or "tnx QSLs!" as a function of the number of QSOs on the label.
497 flag any QSO whose QSL via Bureau box is checked if that QSO's DXCC entity cannot be QSL'd via the bureau (per the augmented DXCC database)
498 ability to specify different default QSL messages for hardcopy, eQSL, and LotW QSLs
505 accept a command line argument that specifies a log filename
506 optionally display and accept frequencies in kilohertz
508 when printing QSL cards or labels, optionally display the common printer dialog so that the user can change the printer selection and/or print quality "on the fly"
515 expand WAS report to include by-band and by-mode tables, and generate HTML with appropriate hyperlinks
523 allow the confirmation line in QSL cards and labels to be user specified (requires substitution commands)
538 provide a means of flagging all QSOs with bad calls
539 reset the eQSL and LotW status (to 'R' if the "initialize eQSL/LotW_Sent to 'R' for each QSO" is set) if the QSO's call, begin (date or time > 30 minutes), mode, band, or "call used" is edited after it has been uploaded; provide the option for the user to confirm this reset

540 generalize the "Add Needed requests all QSOs" option to apply to "Add Requested" as well
542 if "optimize for realtime entry" is checked, change the Main window's background color
543 provide the ability to specify the color of the station's callsign in the confirmation line
566 after executing a UTC "range" filter, position the Log Page Display so that the QSO closest to the center of the range is selected
570 locate QSOs for the same callsign (using the VIA callsign > where present) with different addresses attached to them
576 provide an operation that updates the Iota tags of all selected QSOs by checking the DXCC database
580 when determining whether the current screen is large enough to display a Main window panel in a multi-monitor environment, check the size of the current virtual screen: http://www.vbaccelerator.com/home/VB/Tips/Working_with_Multiple_Monitors/article.asp
587 provide the ability to define new award programs, track submission and verification status for each, report progress, and remove award programs from the set being tracked
591 when updating QSL Queue entries to propagate changes made in the Address Editor, first filter the QSL Queue for matching callsigns, rather than check every QSO on the QSL Queue
616 Since deleted entities count for neither the DXCC Challenge nor the TopList award programs, an automatically generated submission should seek only one phone, one CW and one RTTY verification for each deleted entity
620 On the Config window's General tab, allow the user to define multiple Operator callsigns and select between them
621 accelerate eQSL sync (exploit chronological order of eQSLs and Log recordset)
625 Any QSL Queue entry whose Callsign or Via item maps to a DXCC entity without a QSL Bureau should be flagged 
630 Option to set QSL_Sent to 'H', which causes Add Needed and Add Requested to ignore the QSO
645 MY_STATE should be limited to a 2-character abbreviation; provide a means of specifying the full state/province name and an associated substitution command
651 add SSTV to the Progress table
653 during entry or import, flag IOTA, CQ Zone, ITU Zone, or Continent items containing invalid data (defer until user-defined fields are implemented)
656 ability to lookup address information for US stations from the FCC web site
657 report all QSOs whose Callsign-to-DXCC-entity mapping doesn't match its logged DXCC entity
659 ability to filter the QSL Queue (e.g. VIA=BUREAU)
668 allow the user to specify label format via substitution commands
674 CTRL-CFM performs a confirm operation on all QSOs in the Log Page Display after requesting confirmation
675 when Add Needed finds multiple unconfirmed QSOs that could produce a needed confirmation, provide the option to let the user choose which QSO is selected
676 provide an option to generate text reports in HTML
683 when a DX stations' QSOs will be printed on multiple QSL labels, distribute the QSOs evenly rather than N full labels and N-1 partial labels.
690 allow user to specify frequency display format
693 if the full name of a state or province appears in the QTH field for USA or Canadian QSOs respectively, set the STATE or PROVINCE item accordingly
694 provide options for AddNeeded to enqueue  *all* unrequested and unconfirmed or just all unconfirmed entities/entity-bands/entity-modes; a QSO whose confirmation has already been requested would not be enqueued)
700

Improved Maidenhead field support

  • interpret 2-character grid square specifiers as Maidenhead Field specifiers and, if valid, record them in the QSO's Grid item

  • export 2-character grid square specifiers using the APP_DXKEEPER_MAIDENHEAD_FIELD tag rather than the standard ADIF GRID tag

  • place imported data from APP_DXKEEPER_MAIDENHEAD_FIELD into the QSO's Grid item unless the standard ADIF GRID tag is present, in which case its associated data takes priority

  • ignore QSOs before the award cutoff unless overridden by an option setting

  • automatically set the Maidenhead Field when its unambiguously determinable from the callsign, primary administrative subdivision, secondary administrative subdivision, ARRL section, CQ zone, ITU zone, or IOTA tag

  • option to "count" LotW confirmations


705 Provide a Boolean "verification" field for each field that captures award tags, including all  user-defined text fields . To save space, the state of an award field's verification could be indicated by, say, underlining its caption if its verified. Changing the state of an award field's verification could be accomplished by right-clicking it and choosing "unverified" or "verified" in a popup menu. This would allow "Worked all..." reports to show worked/confirmed/verified status for each award, including those tracked by user-defined items. From an ADIF import/export perspective, the verification tags would all begin with APP_DXKEEPER.
715 ability to single-step or abort script execution
718 provide the ability to scan the log, identifying QSOs whose CQ zone, ITU zone, IOTA-tag, Grid Square, State, Country, Province, or ARRL section are inconsistent with their DXCC entity
738 define a CTRL-key shortcut that when struck plays a .wav file associated with the currently-active textbox
739 after 738 is implemented, make the Filter panel textbox receive focus by default unless the New button has been clicked
741 The sort order for QSL cards or labels should be the DX callsign if the QSL manager's callsign is not included on the card or label. 
779  option for aging report to place expired QSOs back in QSL Queue
796 manage LotW zombies
797 provide optional journaling of QSOs to an ADIF file
806 provide a means to filter the Log Page Display by "deleted" or "not deleted"
821 provide the ability to change font and background colors, in the log grid and log panels, with the ability to have alternating colors in the log grid
823 provide the ability to specify a windows command to be executed on termination after the log has been closed
825 provide the ability to Log the capture window data, Clear the capture window data, generate a cluster spot, and generate a local from within Commander's Bandspread window, preferably with a small popup window that appears at the cursor position, and that can be configured to remain until dismissed
830 specify an application to run when DXKeeper terminates
831 create a Reports tab on the Config window
832 create a CQ Field report that considers only QSOs dated 1980-1-1 and later
833 add a Needed field whose value is Y if the QSO's confirmation is needed for entity, entity-band, or entity-mode; DXLogModule.Update progress must update all other QSOs with the same entity
838 ability to sort Progress Table by DXCC entity to facilitate reconciliation with DXCC reports
839 save the Log Page Display's row height between operating sessions
843 when QSLing via an ADIF or tab-delimited file, set each QSO's QSL_SENT item to 'P' (for 'printing'). Provide operations that
  • promote the QSL_SENT item of all QSOs whose QSL_SENT item is 'P' to 'Y' (after successful printing)

  • demote the QSL_SENT item of all QSOs whose QSL_SENT item is 'P' to 'R' (after printing is aborted)


846 if the mouse cursor hovers over the Main window's IOTA textbox, display a tooltip that displays the Island name
849 automatically determine whether the PC is connected to the internet (see TestConnect prototype) 
850 when loading a log, initialize the Default Station Callsign from a setting stored in that log
851 add an Unconfirmable progress status X for entities, entity-bands, and entity modes that is set when all logged QSOs have a QSL_RCVD and LOTW_QSL_RCVD set to X (and eQSL_QSL_RCVD if "include eQSL..." is enabled)
852 in contest mode, differentiate between duplicates on the same band (red) and duplicates on different bands (blue)
854 in contest mode, entering a callsign in the Capture window and striking the Tab key should not clear the TX#
855 modifying a QSO after the fact should not change its date/time
857 callsign table that captures notes associate with each callsign
859 provide an option to hide the Aux panel's QSO# item
864 with a callsign, frequency, and mode specified in the Capture window, striking the Enter key in the call textbox should indicate whether working the station would provide a new means of confirming an unworked and desired entity, entity-band, or entity-mode
867 provide the ability to switch the QSL Via panel between cards or labels, LotW, and eQSL.cc without clearing and repopulating the QSO Queue; consider doing this by providing the ability to filter the Log Page Display to contain only QSOs present in the QSL Queue
872 provide the option to display frequencies in kilohertz
875 move the default QSL_MSG to the QSL Config window
884 add PAS and SAS to the VUCC progress report
890 provide the option to highlight alternate rows in the Log Page Display, with control over color and font
891 provide the option to use band instead of frequency when checking for duplicates during import
900 provide the option to sort generated QSLs in order of "date and time received" for DXpeditioners and QSL managers wanting outgoing cards printed in the order their incoming cards (and envelopes) were processed
905 to support access to multiple LotW and eQSL.cc accounts, display a window that captures a username and password if an LotW username or password is not specified; provide a box that when checked saved the specified username and password for future use. (for eQSL, use DownloadADIF.cfm parameters per 2006-08-04 email)
909 maintain an optional "ADIF audit file", to which it would append an ADIF record of each QSO as it was logged. The location of this audit file would be user-specified.
913 provide a means to tracking
  • LotW certificate expirations
  • FCC license expiration
  • personal callsigns with start and end dates

 


914 provide the option of making the last line on a 3-column label be the QSL message
915 JARTS Cabrillo support:

http://www.edsoftz.com/JARTS/2006/cabrillo.html


917 produce a WAZ report showing matrix of the 40 zones on one axis and the bands on the other matrix
920 accept DDE messages that populate Capture window textboxes and selectors
924 the QSL queue should remember the operator's specified sort order, column widths, and column order across operating sessions and QSL operations
927 when performing a previous QSO search, make the "last first name" available to the external application that initiated the search
928 provide the option to separately specify the font metrics for an envelope's and return address and address, and an envelope label's address.
944 provide the option to check a callsign against SpotCollector's "Special Callsign List", color coding the Capture window's Callsign textbox accordingly and returning this information to WinWarbler
945 provide the option to automatically generate a local spot of each logged station
946 Instead of graying out the other QSL Mode options when the QSL Queue is populated, leave them enabled, but display a "you must first clear the QSL Queue" message if the user attempts to change modes with the QSL Queue non-empty.
950 provide a new entry in the menu that appears when right-clicking in DXKeeper's Log Page Display that displays a small window bearing a band/mode progress display populated by the QSOs are present in the Log Page Display
952 provide an SQL query generator
953 ability to generate SWL confirmations via eQSL.cc
954 option to print each address label twice (once to address main envelope, once as return address on SASE)
956 do not upload to LotW or eQSL.cc any QSO whose QSL_RCVD, LOTW_QSL_RCVD, or EQSL_QSL_RCVD item is set to 'I'
959 color code the Capture window callsign according to need using colors defined in SpotCollector
965 extend the mode filter to isolate PSK-125 QSOs
967 preprocess <BANDFILTER> , <MODEFILTER> , <UTCFILTER> and <TRANSCEIVERBAND> substitution commands in SQL expressions
969 when performing a SyncLotWQSL operation in which discrepancies will be resolved by either preserving the log data or overwriting the log data with LotW data, create a report detailing each discrepancy and its resolution
971 expand the gridsquare progress reports to show Verified as well as Confirmed statistics
973 provide the ability to specify "missing quadrants" when printing QSL cards, just as one can specify missing labels when printing QSL labels
975 if the user changes the DXCC entity of a logged QSO, ask whether the CQ zone, ITU zone, lat/lon, Continent, and IOTA tag should also be updated
976 provide a right-click menu option to generate a print preview of a QSL card
980 if QSL_SENT_VIA is set to 'B', optimize QSL card and Label formats for buro processing by placing the "DX callsign via Manager callsign" on the top line
982 provide the option of specifying STATION_CALLSIGN in each my QTH
983 add entries to the Log Page Display's right-mouse menu:

- show previous QSOs with (callsign of the selected QSO)

- show previous QSOs with (DXCC entity of the selected QSO


984 Clicking the CFM button in the QSL panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab for a QSO whose entity-band and entity-mode are are either Submitted or Verified but not both verified results in the message "This QSL card confirms an unverified entity-band and/or entity-mode already submitted to the DXCC desk"
988 provide he ability to display the QSL message at the bottom of a 3-column QSL label, and still have up to 3 QSO's confirmed on the same label
1006 enable specification of the format of QSL dates shown on the Main window's Log QSOs tab - or just use the Windows default
1009 support <fieldname,#> where # is word number in Modify QSOs panel and scripts
1010 when displaying an additional panel on the Main window's Log QSOs tab would result in the Main window consuming more than the available screen space, provide a better response than the current one
1011 convert Auxiliary panel Select selector to a checkbox
1012 add the ability to select or deselect a QSO to the Log Page Display right mouse menu
1013 add the choice of M (for Manager) for QSL_SENT_VIA and QSL_RCVD_VIA
1017 DDE or UDP mechanism to populate the Capture window with QSO info
1019 with Contest Mode enabled, configure the Capture window  layout in a manner optimal for contesting
1025 allow the user to specify a default Log Page Display filter that would be applied whenever the user performs an action that in the current implementation would reset the Log Page Display filter
1040 optionally maintain date&time-stamped copies of the ADIF files
downloaded from LotW in response to "Sync LotW QSLs" operations in an "LotW Archives" folder

1044 add a new "non-realtime Capture" window that makes it easier to quickly enter QSO data from a paper logbook 
1045 provide a "current entities only" option in the "DXCC Submission" panel on the Config window's Awards tab
1055 allow "Optimize for realtime QSO entry" to be disabled without disabling Contest Mode
1058 initialize MY_RIG from Commander's current transceiver name
1059 provide option to specify multiple eQSL usernames and choose from a selector
1061 harvest information when importing from a duplicate QSO
1062 provide a "buro preference" option that when enabled
  • sets QSL_SENT_VIA to 'B' when QSL_SENT is set to 'Y'
  • sets QSL_RCVD_VIA to 'B' when QSL_RCVD is set to 'R'

1082 SHIFT-ENTER in the Main or Capture window's Call textbox should glean information about this callsign as you from previous QSOs, the DXCC database, and the callbook (if present) and use that information to populate any items that are either empty or could change as a result of a callsign change
1084 provide the option to include a captured grid square in outgoing spot notes
1085 provide a progress indicator for the "Update LotW Membership" function
1087 expand the WPX report to list the prefix, callsign, worked/confirmed status, and mode for each worked/confirmed prefix

add additional award objective checkboxes to the DXCC/Top panel in the Config window's Awards tab:
  • all bands in Phone 
  • all bands in CW
  • all bands in RTTY

convey this information to SpotCollector, and extend the Add Needed function to take it into account


1089 if the Capture or Main window's DXCC selector is set manually, update the QSO's CQ, ITU, Continent, and IOTA tags if they are unambiguous
1090 when opening a database whose pathname is hardwired, check for a .accdb prefix if the .mdb prefix is not found
1092 provide a "recover log from LotW" option
1093 add optional start and end dates to each myQTH, and flag a QSO as broken if its start or end date falls outside the range specified by its assigned myQTH
1099 only initialize a new QSO's satellite name and mode from the specified defaults if its Propagation mode is set to SAT, and provide a Propagation Mode selector in the Capture window
1105 Provide a means of changing the Buro/Direct selection on multiple QSL Queue items simultaneously
  • by using the Address editor to update entries with identical callsigns
  • by setting all enabled entries to one value or another

1106 provide the ability to specify a value to which QSL_RCVD_VIA is set when the CFM button is clicked
1107 extend the Recompute function to generate a report showing the user's DXCC award progress chronologically (similar to an import progress report)
1109 provide the ability to generate LotW location information from the QSO's 'my QTH'
1127 add an Antenna item to Details panel on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab
1130 consider the use of drop-down selectors that incrementally filter the remaining choices based on what's been typed so far
1134 compute and display bandpoints in the WAE progress report
1147 Operations that add QSLs to the QSL Queue should display the number of unique callsigns in the QSL Queue
1147 extend the "Allow direct Subdivision entry" option apply to the Capture window
1156 extend the script mechanism to include queries on entity progress
  • FilterDXCCEntityProgress SQL-expression - apply the filter to the log's Progress table, referencing the entity prefix or country code, and progress by band and/or mode.
  • ReportDXCCEntityProgress report-filename - generate a listing of all DXCC entities that "pass" the filter, showing the status (unworked/requested/worked/confirmed/verified) for each
1166 provide an import option that when enabled checks each imported QSO for previous QSOs and populates the imported QSO with information harvested from those previous QSOs
1171 replace the use of MsgBox with a Notification window that is "always on top" and remembers its position between operating sessions
1177 when saving a modified address using the Address Editor that was invoked from the QSL Queue, check for other QSOs in the QSL Queue with the same QSL Manager and offer to update their address as well
1188 Global QSL support: don't add "via buro" cards to QSL Queue if the callsign or QSL_Via callsign is from a country without a QSL bureau: http://www.iaru.org/iaruqsl.html - The only exceptions are FM,FG,FY and FH. These countries have no qsl bureau but the REF forwards the cards for them.
1204 when manually setting a QSO's DXCC entity, set its continent, WPX, CQ Zone, and ITU zone (if not already specified and unambiguous)
1219 expand the DXCC progress table to track confirmation by card and by LotW for each entity
1273 provide the option to include times in the filenames of generated reports
1294 add a QSL Information item that is propagated to the QSL Queue, printed in the Address Report, and modifiable via the Address Editor
1298 provide a tabular display of award progress for previous QSOs with a station
1300 provide a Modify QSOs and Scripts option that zero-extends a specified user-defined field to a specified number of digits so that user-defined fields containing numeric data will sort correctly
1301 provide the option to assume that LotW Station Location names are of the form QTHID-StationCallsign, modify the "Add Requested" operation with the "QSL Via" panel set to "LotW" to ignore QSOs whose QTH-StationCallsign doesn't match the currently-selected Station Location, and allow the Station Location to be selected from the Main window's QSL tab
1311 Add fields for CHECK, PRECEDENCE, and CLASS to the Main window's Contest panel
1334 before performing an upgrade that requires the QSL Queue to be emptied, inform the user and provide the option to terminate before upgrading the log
1375 expand the width of the Callsign field from 13 to 16
1376 when resolving an LotW conflict results in a change in State, change the ARRL section if it's unambiguously determinable from the new State, or prompt the user to specify the ARRL section
1377 provide the ability to specify the date format in DXKeeper independently of the Windows Control Panel setting
1378 extend the WAZ Progress Report to show submission statistics
1396 extend the IOTA database with one table for each DXCC entity with IOTA tags, and then convert the IOTA boxes in the Capture window and Main window's "Log QSOs" tab to selectors when a QSO specifies a DXCC entity
1442 provide a "no dup band-modes" option for "Add Needed"
1465 allow QSL label configurations to be read from and saved to a file in DXKeeper's Label folder, and encourage users to upload label configuration files to a folder in the DXLab reflector's Files area
1492 provide realtime DXCC award tracking for Satellites
1496 display a QSO's QSL message on the bottom of a 3-column label if the "confirm multiple QSOs per QSL" option is disabled
1500 provide a document viewer that identifies and highlights needed callsigns
1511 log 6-character grid squares returned by a DXCC database lookup (requires DXView enhancement #256)
1514 when Contest Mode is enabled, lookup and harvest information from all previous QSOs, and inspect results to locate contest dups
1561 provide the ability to import a file via a script command
1578 provide an option to automatically populate the QSO entry window from Bandspread window with the call when tuning the band
1586 extend "Sync LotW QSLs" to display a window showing the logged QSOs current items and the information reported by LotW before prompting the user to choose between the logged QSO and the LotW-reported information for an individual item.
1587

when performing a callbook update,

- don't populate STATE with information inconsistent with DXCCID

- don't populate CNTY with information inconsistent with STATE


1591 Provide a more visible way to indicate that an item's label is underlined, drawing cursor focus to that item
1593 provide the ability to vet callsigns against a "Supercheck Partial" database provided by DXKeeper and derived from ClubLog (requires DXView enhancement 259)
1594 when generating an ADIF file for submission via "Online DXCC", sort it in ascending order of callsign (with QSOs confirmed on the same QSL card adjacent) 
1598 provide the option to generate the WAZ Award Progress Report in a folder containing multiple .htm files, one for each section so they can be independently printed
1600 when uploading to LotW, automatically select the appropriate "LotW Station Location" based on each QSO's "station callsign" and MyQTH
1604 provide a means of specifying an eQSL nickname and password for each station callsign
1650 provide the ability to automatically upload QSOs to HRDLog
1678 when performing a "Sync LotW QSLs" operation, suppress CQ zone and Marathon Zone recomputation, keep track of any zones requiring recomputation, and recompute zones requiring recomputation once after synchronization is complete
1680 add SIG and SIG_INFO to DXKeeper's Capture window
1703 add a RTTY-only category to DXCC realtime award tracking
1715 when printing QSL cards 4-up, provide settings to position where printing is placed within the card
1737 provide a means to specify a Callsign Certificate password to be used with each LotW Station Location
1742 provide the option to obtain transmit power from Commander (requires Commander enhancement #622
1782 DARC WAG Cabrillo generation
1803 provide a mechanism that verifies that the selected Marathon Score Sheet version in B1 is correct
1813 provide the ability to automatically upload QSOs to QRZLog
1863 provide the option to generate a submission assembly report for DXCC, IOTA, VUCC, WAS, WAZ, and WPX without actually assembling a submission
1875 provide an ADIF Import option to update existing QSOs from the information in an ADIF file:
  • fill in new information
  • update existing information  like QSL status
  • conflict resolution options like those provided for Sync LoTW QSLs
1876 provide an ADIF Import option to query the Special Callsign database and insert tags into comment fields
1889 extend the Card Aging function to support the USA-CA award
2013 provide a submission generator for the Tara Digital award
2019 when importing an ADIF file, automatically define and assign "my QTHs" if enough information is present to do so
2020 with “Log Special Callsign tags” enabled, extend "Recompute" to update each QSO's Comment item with special callsign tags
2021 when resetting a WPX or DXCC or IOTA submission, shift to batch recompilation if more than 100 QSOs
2040 change the RX_Pwr item from an integer to a number, and extend the "Power Precision" setting to govern its appearance in the Log Page Display
2060 with Commander running, the Callsign Progress window should highlight the transceiver's current band and mode
2092 when changing the "style" of a user-defined item between alphanumeric and numeric, change the database field data type so that the field can be properly sorted  
2147 provide the option to specify a callsign-to-value cross-reference file for each user-defined item that is used to populate the user-defined item with a value when a QSO is logged  
2191 provide an operation that updates each QSO in the Log Page Display with information mined from previous QSOs with the same callsign  
2217 maintain a "last eQSL Sync date" for each Nickname, and automatically switch when a new Nickname is specified  
2271 Upgrade Canada Progress report to encompass all bands by province as is done for the WAS Progress report  
2272 Provide an all-band Mexico Progress like the WAS Progress report  
2276

Extend the Marathon report generator to set a QSO's Select item to 'Y' if it's included in a Marathon Progress Report

or Submission

 
2279 provide the option to color-code the Capture window callsign using the colors defined in SpotCollector  
2280 provide a "worked all US counties" report that provides a "county x band" matrix for each state  
2288 support WAS band-mode endorsements as award objectives  
2292 provide web-based access to award progress information  
2304 track Club Log matches using this API: https://clublog.freshdesk.com/support/solutions/articles/175988-checking-for-log-matches  
2322 support multiple callsign progress windows  
2326 provide realtime award tracking for "RTTY only"  
2327 provide realtime award tracking for a second user-specified digital mode award family  
2334 update secondary subdivision database to reflect RDA changes announced in http://rdaward.org/press16_eng.txt  
2348 add the option to display 3 columns of panels on the Main window's "Log QSOs" tab  
2421 provide a way to specify a myQTH to be used for Marathon  
2452 generate an N1MM-style CONTACT UDP message when a new QSO is logged  
2483 track state-band-mode progress for WAS  
2605

 set IOTA_verify = 'S' based on the IOTA Export.csv (download QSOs) file:

  <https://www.iota-world.org/my-application/download-qsoss.html
 
2614 enable the user to configure the positions of the sub-panels in the Main window's "Online QSL panel  
2618 maintain a new "Realtime Award Tracking for DXCC confirmed by Club Log" table  
2624 add SIG and SIGINFO items to the Capture Window  
2645 add a Marathon check box to each myQTH (for remote operation)  
2646 add HF and VHF categories to IOTA Realtime Award Tracking: https://www.iota-world.org/iota-directory/iota-programme-rules/awards-and-performance-listings/iota-programme-awards-and-performance-listings-2.html  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

 

 

If you have questions or suggestions, please post them on the DXLab Discussion Group.